2 T
\bTh
\bhe
\be M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg E
\bE-
\b-M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl C
\bCl
\bli
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bt
4 by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others.
8 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bst
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt
10 ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
12 _
\b1_
\b. _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bd_
\bu_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
14 M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt-ng is
15 highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with advanced
16 features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading, regular expression
17 searches and a powerful pattern matching language for selecting groups of mes-
20 This documentation additionally contains documentation to M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-N
\bNG
\bG, a fork from
21 Mutt with the goal to fix all the little annoyances of Mutt, to integrate all
22 the Mutt patches that are floating around in the web, and to add other new fea-
23 tures. Features specific to Mutt-ng will be discussed in an extra section.
24 Don't be confused when most of the documentation talk about Mutt and not Mutt-
25 ng, Mutt-ng contains all Mutt features, plus many more.
27 _
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
31 _
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
33 +
\bo mutt-ng-users@lists.berlios.de -- This is where the mutt-ng user support
36 +
\bo mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de -- The development mailing list for mutt-ng
38 _
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\bo_
\bf_
\bt_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\be _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bS_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
40 So far, there are no official releases of Mutt-ng, but you can download daily
41 snapshots from http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/snapshots/
43 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 1
45 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 2
47 _
\b1_
\b._
\b4 _
\bI_
\bR_
\bC
49 Visit channel _
\b#_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\bn_
\bg on irc.freenode.net (www.freenode.net) to chat with other
50 people interested in Mutt-ng.
52 _
\b1_
\b._
\b5 _
\bW_
\be_
\bb_
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
54 If you want to read fresh news about the latest development in Mutt-ng, and get
55 informed about stuff like interesting, Mutt-ng-related articles and packages
56 for your favorite distribution, you can read and/or subscribe to our Mutt-ng
59 _
\b1_
\b._
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt
61 Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others
63 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
64 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
65 Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later ver-
68 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
69 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
70 PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
72 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
73 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
74 Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
76 _
\b2_
\b. _
\bG_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
78 This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt-ng. There are
79 many other features which are described elsewhere in the manual. <-- There is
80 even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and various web pages. See the
81 Mutt Page for more details. -->
83 The key bindings described in this section are the defaults as distributed.
84 Your local system administrator may have altered the defaults for your site.
85 You can always type ``?'' in any menu to display the current bindings.
87 The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt-ng simply by typing muttng at the
88 command line. There are various command-line options, see either the muttng
89 man page or the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62).
91 If you have used mutt in the past the easiest thing to have a proper configura-
92 tion file is to source /.muttrc in /.muttngrc.
94 _
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bA_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs
96 Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a table show-
97 ing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt-ng.
99 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 3
101 j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
102 k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
103 z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
104 Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
105 = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
106 * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
107 q quit exit the current menu
108 ? help list all key bindings for the current menu
110 _
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bI_
\bn_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
112 Mutt-ng has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to input
113 textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys used to move
114 around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
116 ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
117 ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
118 Esc B backward-word move back one word
119 ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
120 ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
121 ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
122 Esc F forward-word move forward one word
123 <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
124 ^T complete-query complete address with query
125 ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
126 ESC d kill-eow delete to the end ot the word
127 ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
128 ^U kill-line delete entire line
129 ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
130 <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
131 <Down> history-down recall next string from history
132 <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
133 Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
134 Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
135 Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
137 <Return> n/a finish editing
139 You can remap the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br functions using the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) com-
140 mand. For example, to make the _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be key delete the character in front of the
141 cursor rather than under, you could use
143 bind editor <delete> backspace
145 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\b- _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
147 Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail is read
148 in Mutt-ng. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox, which is called
149 the ``index'' in Mutt-ng. The second mode is the display of the message con-
150 tents. This is called the ``pager.''
152 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 4
154 The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these modes.
156 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
158 c change to a different mailbox
159 ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
160 C copy the current message to another mailbox
161 ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
162 ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
163 D delete messages matching a pattern
164 d delete the current message
166 l show messages matching a pattern
167 N mark message as new
168 o change the current sort method
169 O reverse sort the mailbox
170 q save changes and exit
172 T tag messages matching a pattern
173 t toggle the tag on a message
174 ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
175 U undelete messages matching a pattern
178 x abort changes and exit
179 <Return> display-message
180 <Tab> jump to the next new message
181 @ show the author's full e-mail address
182 $ save changes to mailbox
185 ^L clear and redraw the screen
186 ^T untag messages matching a pattern
188 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
190 In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary of the
191 disposition of each message is printed beside the message number. Zero or more
192 of the following ``flags'' may appear, which mean:
195 message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
198 message have attachments marked for deletion
201 contains a PGP public key
206 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 5
212 message is PGP encrypted
215 message has been replied to
218 message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
229 Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
231 +
\bo s
\bse
\bet
\bt-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: w)
233 +
\bo c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: W)
235 Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed to. They
236 can be customized with the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.317 , page 142) variable.
239 message is to you and you only
242 message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
245 message is cc'ed to you
251 message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
253 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
255 By default, Mutt-ng uses its builtin pager to display the body of messages.
256 The pager is very similar to the Unix program _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs though not nearly as fea-
259 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 6
261 <Return> go down one line
262 <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
263 - go back to the previous page
264 n search for next match
265 S skip beyond quoted text
266 T toggle display of quoted text
268 / search for a regular expression (pattern)
269 ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
270 \ toggle search pattern coloring
271 ^ jump to the top of the message
273 In addition, many of the functions from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx are available in the pager,
274 such as _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be or _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be (this is one advantage over using an
275 external pager to view messages).
277 Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features. For one, it
278 will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences for bold and under-
279 line. These sequences are a series of either the letter, backspace (^H), the
280 letter again for bold or the letter, backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline.
281 Mutt-ng will attempt to display these in bold and underline respectively if
282 your terminal supports them. If not, you can use the bold and underline _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br
283 (section 3.7 , page 21) objects to specify a color or mono attribute for them.
285 Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences for charac-
286 ter attributes. Mutt-ng translates them into the correct color and character
287 settings. The sequences Mutt-ng supports are:
289 ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
296 3x Foreground color is x
297 4x Background color is x
309 Mutt-ng uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and they can
310 also be used by an external _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) script for high-
311 lighting purposes. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you change the colors for your display, for
313 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 7
315 example by changing the color associated with color2 for your xterm, then that
316 color will be used instead of green.
318 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
320 When the mailbox is _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.288 , page 133) by _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs, there are
321 a few additional functions available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br modes.
323 ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
324 ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
325 ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
326 ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
327 ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
328 ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
329 ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
330 ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
331 ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
332 ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
333 ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
334 ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
335 ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
336 P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
338 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the thread and
339 hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so many messages that you
340 can only see a handful of threads on the screen. See %M in _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
341 tion 6.3.109 , page 90). For example, you could use "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in
342 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90) to optionally display the number of
343 hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
345 See also: _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.3.306 , page 140).
347 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
349 c
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be-
\b-a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
352 Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a new one).
353 Once editing is complete, an _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) command is added to
354 the file specified by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) variable for
355 future use. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Specifying an _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) does not
356 add the aliases specified there-in, you must also _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page
359 c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk-
\b-t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl-
\b-p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
362 This function will search the current message for content signed or encrypted
363 with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME tagging. Techni-
364 cally, this function will temporarily change the MIME content types of the body
365 parts containing PGP data; this is similar to the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 2.3.4 ,
366 page 8) function's effect.
368 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 8
370 d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by-
\b-t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd
373 Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section
374 3.8 , page 23) commands.
379 This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to edit the
380 raw current message as it's present in the mail folder. After you have fin-
381 ished editing, the changed message will be appended to the current folder, and
382 the original message will be marked for deletion.
384 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt-
\b-t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
386 (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus; ^T on
389 This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type to fix,
390 for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked from the index or
391 from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit the top-level attachment's
392 content type. On the _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.2 , page 53), you can
393 change any attachment's content type. These changes are not persistent, and get
394 lost upon changing folders.
396 Note that this command is also available on the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.3 ,
397 page 53). There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
400 e
\ben
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\br-
\b-c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
403 This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in a config-
404 uration file. A common use is to check the settings of variables, or in con-
405 junction with _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) to change settings on the fly.
407 e
\bex
\bxt
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt-
\b-k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
410 This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged message(s) and
411 adds them to your PGP public key ring.
413 f
\bfo
\bor
\brg
\bge
\bet
\bt-
\b-p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsp
\bph
\bhr
\bra
\bas
\bse
\be
416 This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you mis-
417 spelled the passphrase.
419 l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt-
\b-r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by
422 Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses which
424 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 9
426 match the regular expressions given by the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\bo_
\br _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 ,
427 page 24) commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if the
428 _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.87 , page 84) configuration variable is set.
429 Using this when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid dupli-
430 cate copies being sent to the author of the message you are replying to.
432 p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
435 Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged message(s) to
436 it. The variables _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.199 , page 113), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
437 (section 6.3.201 , page 114), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.200 , page 113) and
438 _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.329 , page 145) control the exact behavior of this
441 r
\bre
\bes
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
444 With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for a new
445 message. This function is best described as "recall from arbitrary folders".
446 It can conveniently be used to forward MIME messages while preserving the orig-
447 inal mail structure. Note that the amount of headers included here depends on
448 the value of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.330 , page 145) variable.
450 This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use this to
451 easily resend a message which was included with a bounce message as a mes-
452 sage/rfc822 body part.
454 s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl-
\b-e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be
457 Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section
458 6.3.329 , page 145) can be used to control whether Mutt-ng will wait for a key
459 to be pressed when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the
460 output of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
462 t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
465 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.224 , page 119) variable to
466 detect quoted text when displaying the body of the message. This function tog-
467 gles the display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
468 useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large amount of
469 quoted text in the way.
471 s
\bsk
\bki
\bip
\bp-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
474 This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come after a
475 line of quoted text in the internal pager.
477 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
479 The following bindings are available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx for sending messages.
481 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 10
483 m compose compose a new message
484 r reply reply to sender
485 g group-reply reply to all recipients
486 L list-reply reply to mailing list address
487 f forward forward message
488 b bounce bounce (remail) message
489 ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
491 Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you specify. For-
492 warding a message allows you to add comments or modify the message you are for-
493 warding. These items are discussed in greater detail in the next chapter
494 _
\b`_
\b`_
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b'_
\b' (section 2.5 , page 13).
496 Mutt-ng will then enter the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu and prompt you for the recipients to
497 place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask you for the ``Subject:''
498 field for the message, providing a default if you are replying to or forwarding
499 a message. See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc (section 6.3.10 , page 66), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc (section
500 6.3.9 , page 66), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.17 , page 69), _
\b$_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
501 6.3.20 , page 69), and _
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.59 , page 78) for changing
502 how Mutt-ng asks these questions.
504 Mutt-ng will then automatically start your _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.55 , page 77)
505 on the message body. If the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable
506 is set, the headers will be at the top of the message in your editor. Any mes-
507 sages you are replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
508 appropriate _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68), _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section
509 6.3.108 , page 89) and _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.211 , page 116).
510 When forwarding a message, if the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.135 , page 97)
511 variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If you
512 have specified a _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.258 , page 127), it will be appended
515 Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are returned
516 to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu. The following options are available:
518 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 11
520 a attach-file attach a file
521 A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
522 ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
523 d edit-description edit description on attachment
524 D detach-file detach a file
525 t edit-to edit the To field
526 ESC f edit-from edit the From field
527 r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
528 c edit-cc edit the Cc field
529 b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
530 y send-message send the message
531 s edit-subject edit the Subject
532 S smime-menu select S/MIME options
533 f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
534 p pgp-menu select PGP options
535 P postpone-message postpone this message until later
536 q quit quit (abort) sending the message
537 w write-fcc write the message to a folder
538 i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
539 ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
541 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to attach mes-
542 sages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they will be attached
543 to the message you are sending. Note that certain operations like composing a
544 new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted when you are in that
545 folder. The %r in _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.302 , page 137) will change to a
546 'A' to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.
548 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
550 When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple of special
555 Fcc: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
557 Mutt-ng will pick up _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be just as if you had used the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc function in
558 the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu.
560 You can also attach files to your message by specifying
562 Attach: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
564 where _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is the file to attach and _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn is an optional string to
565 use as the description of the attached file.
567 When replying to messages, if you remove the _
\bI_
\bn_
\b-_
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo_
\b: field from the header
568 field, Mutt-ng will not generate a _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\b: field, which allows you to cre-
569 ate a new message thread.
571 Also see _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77).
573 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 12
575 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bP_
\bG_
\bP
577 If you want to use PGP, you can specify
579 Pgp: [ E | S | S_
\b<_
\bi_
\bd_
\b> ]
581 ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key, setting
582 _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.191 , page 112) permanently.
584 If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you through a key
585 selection process when you try to send the message. Mutt-ng will not ask you
586 any questions about keys which have a certified user ID matching one of the
587 message recipients' mail addresses. However, there may be situations in which
588 there are several keys, weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching
591 In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from which you
592 can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find any matching keys,
593 you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as usually, abort this prompt using
594 ^G. When you do so, mutt will return to the compose screen.
596 Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message will be
597 encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
599 Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
600 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.178 , page 108)) have obvious meanings. But some explana-
601 tions on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
603 The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
605 R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
606 X The key is expired and can't be used.
607 d You have marked the key as disabled.
608 c There are unknown critical self-signature
611 The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence representing a
612 key's capabilities. The first character gives the key's encryption capabili-
613 ties: A minus sign (-
\b-) means that the key cannot be used for encryption. A dot
614 (.
\b.) means that it's marked as a signature key in one of the user IDs, but may
615 also be used for encryption. The letter e
\be indicates that this key can be used
618 The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once again, a
619 ``-
\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.
\b.'' implies that the key is marked as an
620 encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s
\bs'' denotes a key which can be
623 Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-id is. A
624 question mark (?
\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus character (-
\b-) marks an
625 untrusted association, a space character means a partially trusted association,
626 and a plus character (+
\b+) indicates complete validity.
628 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 13
630 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bn_
\by_
\bm_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\b.
632 You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an anonymous
633 remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages anonymously using a
634 chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is for mixmaster version 2.04
635 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and 2.03. It does not support earlier ver-
636 sions or the later so-called version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be
639 To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important, you can-
640 not use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt-ng to use mixmaster, you have to
641 select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the compose menu.
643 The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger) upper
644 part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower part, you see the
645 currently selected chain of remailers.
647 You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next functions,
648 which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and to the h and l keys
649 (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current chain posi-
650 tion, use the insert function. To append a remailer behind the current chain
651 position, use select-entry or append. You can also delete entries from the
652 chain, using the corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes,
653 leave the menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
655 Note that different remailers do have different capabilities, indicated in the
656 %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.138 ,
657 page 98)). Most important is the ``middleman'' capability, indicated by a cap-
658 ital ``M'': This means that the remailer in question cannot be used as the
659 final element of a chain, but will only forward messages to other mixmaster
660 remailers. For details on the other capabilities, please have a look at the
661 mixmaster documentation.
663 _
\b2_
\b._
\b5 _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
665 Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients that you
666 specify. Bouncing a message uses the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.246 , page 124)
667 command to send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
668 original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows you to
669 modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding your own com-
672 The following keys are bound by default:
674 f forward forward message
675 b bounce bounce (remail) message
677 Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new message's
678 body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a MIME attachment,
679 depending on the value of the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.135 , page 97) vari-
680 able. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be controlled by the
681 _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81) and _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section
683 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 14
685 6.3.136 , page 97) variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may
686 depend on the content, therefore _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd is a quadoption which, for exam-
687 ple, can be set to ``ask-no''.
689 The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
690 (section 6.3.330 , page 145) variable, unless _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.135 ,
693 Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending or reply-
694 ing to a message does.
696 _
\b2_
\b._
\b6 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
698 At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have already begun
699 to compose. When the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function is used in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu,
700 the body of your message and attachments are stored in the mailbox specified by
701 the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.213 , page 116) variable. This means that you can
702 recall the message even if you exit Mutt-ng and then restart it at a later
705 Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it. From the
706 command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be a new message
707 from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br you will be prompted if postponed messages exist. If
708 multiple messages are currently postponed, the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd menu will pop up and
709 you can select which message you would like to resume.
711 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the message is
712 only updated when you actually finish the message and send it. Also, you must
713 be in the same folder with the message you replied to for the status of the
714 message to be updated.
716 See also the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.212 , page 116) quad-option.
718 _
\b2_
\b._
\b7 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP
720 If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt-ng can read news from
721 newsserver via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-news-
722 group'' (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR envi-
723 ronment variable. Like other news readers, info about subscribed newsgroups is
724 saved in file by _
\b$_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc (section , page ) variable. Article headers are
725 cached and can be loaded from file when newsgroup entered instead loading from
728 _
\b3_
\b. _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
730 While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt-ng usable right
731 out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt-ng to suit your own
732 tastes. When Mutt-ng is first invoked, it will attempt to read the ``system''
733 configuration file (defaults set by your local system administrator), unless
734 the ``-n'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62) option is specified. This
735 file is typically /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttngrc or /etc/Muttngrc, Mutt-ng
736 users will find this file in /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttrc or /etc/Muttngrc.
737 Mutt will next look for a file named .muttrc in your home directory, Mutt-ng
739 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 15
741 will look for .muttngrc. If this file does not exist and your home directory
742 has a subdirectory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named .muttng/muttngrc.
744 .muttrc (or .muttngrc for Mutt-ng) is the file where you will usually place
745 your _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page 62) to configure Mutt-ng.
747 In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that are parsed
748 instead of the default files as explained above. For instance, if your system
749 has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system configuration directory, and you are run-
750 ning version 0.88 of mutt, this file will be sourced instead of the Muttngrc
751 file. The same is true of the user configuration file, if you have a file
752 .muttrc-0.88.6 in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it
753 will source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version number
754 is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page
755 62) switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
757 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
759 An initialization file consists of a series of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page
760 62). Each line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
761 commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
763 set realname='Mutt-ng user' ; ignore x-
765 The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' character. You
766 can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text after the comment
767 character to the end of the line is ignored. For example,
769 my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
771 Single quotes (') and double quotes (') can be used to quote strings which con-
772 tain spaces or other special characters. The difference between the two types
773 of quotes is similar to that of many popular shell programs, namely that a sin-
774 gle quote is used to specify a literal string (one that is not interpreted for
775 shell variables or quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double
776 quotes indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example, backtics
777 are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n
\bno
\bot
\bt for single quotes.
779 \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh. For exam-
780 ple, if want to put quotes ``''' inside of a string, you can use ``\'' to force
781 the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted character.
783 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
785 ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and ``\r'' have
786 their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return, respectively.
788 A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple lines,
789 provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of command names.
791 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 16
793 Please note that, unlike the various shells, mutt-ng interprets a ``\'' at the
794 end of a line also in comments. This allows you to disable a command split over
795 multiple lines with only one ``#''.
798 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
800 When testing your config files, beware the following caveat. The backslash at
801 the end of the commented line extends the current line with the next line -
802 then referred to as a ``continuation line''. As the first line is commented
803 with a hash (#) all following continuation lines are also part of a comment and
804 therefore are ignored, too. So take care of comments when continuation lines
805 are involved within your setup files!
815 line1 ``continues'' until line4. however, the part after the # is a comment
816 which includes line3 and line4. line5 is a new line of its own and thus is
819 It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an initial-
820 ization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in backquotes
823 my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
825 The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before the line
826 is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line oriented, only the
827 first line of output from the Unix command will be substituted.
829 UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells like sh and
830 bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For example,
832 set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
834 The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs. For a
835 complete list, see the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.2 , page 62).
837 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b/_
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
839 Usage: alias _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
841 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 17
843 It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of someone you
844 are communicating with. Mutt-ng allows you to create ``aliases'' which map a
845 short string to a full address.
847 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more than one
848 address), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt separate the addresses with a comma (``,'').
850 To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
852 unalias [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\b._
\b._
\b. ]
854 alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
855 alias theguys manny, moe, jack
857 Unlike other mailers, Mutt-ng doesn't require aliases to be defined in a spe-
858 cial file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a configuration file, as
859 long as this file is _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\bd (section 3.26 , page 32). Consequently, you can
860 have multiple alias files, or you can have all aliases defined in your muttrc.
862 On the other hand, the _
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 2.3.4 , page 7) function can use
863 only one file, the one pointed to by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65)
864 variable (which is ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in
865 the sense that Mutt-ng will happily append aliases to any file, but in order
866 for the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section
867 3.26 , page 32) this file too.
871 source /usr/local/share/Mutt-ng.aliases
872 source ~/.mail_aliases
873 set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
875 To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where mutt
876 prompts for addresses, such as the _
\bT_
\bo_
\b: or _
\bC_
\bc_
\b: prompt. You can also enter
877 aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you have the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
878 (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable set.
880 In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab character to
881 expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are multiple matches, mutt
882 will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be presented with
883 the full list of aliases, you must hit tab with out a partial alias, such as at
884 the beginning of the prompt or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
886 In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the _
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b-
887 _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by key (default: RET), and use the _
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt key (default: q) to return to the
890 _
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs
892 Usage: bind _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
894 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 18
896 This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation invoked
897 when pressing a key).
899 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be speci-
900 fied by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is allowed). The
901 currently defined maps are:
904 This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of the
905 other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key is not
906 defined in another menu, Mutt-ng will look for a binding to use in
907 this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain function in
908 multiple menus instead of having multiple bind statements to accom-
912 The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined in
913 your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full
914 email address(es) of the recipient(s).
917 The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on received
921 The browser is used for both browsing the local directory struc-
922 ture, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
925 The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
928 The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
931 The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
934 The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data, and
938 The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for encrypting
942 The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used when
943 recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until later.
945 _
\bk_
\be_
\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a control char-
946 acter, use the sequence _
\b\_
\bC_
\bx, where _
\bx is the letter of the control character
947 (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca''). Note that the case of _
\bx as
949 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 19
951 well as _
\b\_
\bC is ignored, so that _
\b\_
\bC_
\bA, _
\b\_
\bC_
\ba, _
\b\_
\bc_
\bA and _
\b\_
\bc_
\ba are all equivalent. An
952 alternative form is to specify the key as a three digit octal number prefixed
953 with a ``\'' (for example _
\b\_
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 is equivalent to _
\b\_
\bc_
\b?).
955 In addition, _
\bk_
\be_
\by may consist of:
969 <backspace> Backspace
978 <f10> function key 10
980 _
\bk_
\be_
\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space (`` '').
982 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn specifies which action to take when _
\bk_
\be_
\by is pressed. For a complete
983 list of functions, see the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 147). The special
984 function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
986 _
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bs
988 Usage: charset-hook _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
990 Usage: iconv-hook _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
992 The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This is useful
993 to properly display messages which are tagged with a character set name not
996 The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character set.
997 This is helpful when your systems character conversion library insists on using
998 strange, system-specific names for character sets.
1000 _
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1002 Usage: folder-hook [!]_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1004 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 20
1006 It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you are read-
1007 ing. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you can execute any
1008 configuration command. _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp is a regular expression specifying in which
1009 mailboxes to execute _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd before loading. If a mailbox matches multiple
1010 folder-hook's, they are executed in the order given in the muttrc.
1012 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.294 , page
1013 135) at the beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or
1014 single quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator for the
1017 Note that the settings are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt restored when you leave the mailbox. For exam-
1018 ple, a command action to perform is to change the sorting method based upon the
1021 folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
1023 However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when reading
1024 a different mailbox. To specify a _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt command, use the pattern ``.'':
1026 folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
1028 _
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\bK_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs
1030 Usage: macro _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
1032 Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series of
1033 actions. When you press _
\bk_
\be_
\by in menu _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, Mutt-ng will behave as if you had
1034 typed _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands you type, you can
1035 create a macro to execute those commands with a single key.
1037 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu is the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp (section 3.3 , page 17) which the macro will be bound. Multi-
1038 ple maps may be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas.
1039 Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the commas sepa-
1042 _
\bk_
\be_
\by and _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be are expanded by the same rules as the _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1043 3.3 , page 17). There are some additions however. The first is that control
1044 characters in _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be can also be specified as _
\b^_
\bx. In order to get a caret
1045 (`^'') you need to use _
\b^_
\b^. Secondly, to specify a certain key such as _
\bu_
\bp or to
1046 invoke a function directly, you can use the format _
\b<_
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> and _
\b<_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1047 _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b>. For a listing of key names see the section on _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1048 3.3 , page 17). Functions are listed in the _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
1051 The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros will work
1052 regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not dependent on the user
1053 having particular key definitions. This makes them more robust and portable,
1054 and also facilitates defining of macros in files used by more than one user
1055 (eg. the system Muttngrc).
1057 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 21
1059 Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be, which is shown in
1062 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are silently
1063 truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
1065 _
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo _
\bv_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bo _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
1067 Usage: color _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1069 Usage: color index _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1071 Usage: uncolor index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1073 If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt-ng by creating your own
1074 color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of information), you must
1075 specify both a foreground color a
\ban
\bnd
\bd a background color (it is not possible to
1076 only specify one or the other).
1078 _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt can be one of:
1082 +
\bo body (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the body of messages)
1084 +
\bo bold (highlighting bold patterns in the body of messages)
1086 +
\bo error (error messages printed by Mutt-ng)
1088 +
\bo header (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the message header)
1090 +
\bo hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
1092 +
\bo index (match _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn in the message index)
1094 +
\bo indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu)
1096 +
\bo markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager)
1098 +
\bo message (informational messages)
1102 +
\bo quoted (text matching _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.224 , page 119) in the
1105 +
\bo quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN
\bN (higher levels of quoting)
1107 +
\bo search (highlighting of words in the pager)
1111 +
\bo status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or message)
1113 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 22
1115 +
\bo tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
1117 +
\bo tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
1119 +
\bo underline (highlighting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
1121 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can be one of the following:
1143 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make the fore-
1144 ground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
1146 If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt can be used as a
1147 transparent color. The value _
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt is also valid. If Mutt-ng is
1148 linked against the _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library, you also need to set the _
\bC_
\bO_
\bL_
\bO_
\bR_
\bF_
\bG_
\bB_
\bG environ-
1149 ment variable to the default colors of your terminal for this to work; for
1150 example (for Bourne-like shells):
1152 set COLORFGBG="green;black"
1155 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library requires you to use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\by and _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bn keywords
1156 instead of _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bt_
\be and _
\by_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw when setting this variable.
1158 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It removes
1159 entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the same pattern specified in the color
1160 command for it to be removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means
1161 to clear the color index list of all entries.
1163 Mutt-ng also recognizes the keywords _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b0, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b1, ..., _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\brN
\bN-
\b-1
\b1 (N
\bN being the
1164 number of colors supported by your terminal). This is useful when you remap
1165 the colors for your display (for example by changing the color associated with
1166 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b2 for your xterm), since color names may then lose their normal meaning.
1168 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 23
1170 If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change the video
1171 attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
1173 Usage: mono _
\b<_
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b> _
\b<_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\b> [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1175 Usage: mono index _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1177 Usage: unmono index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1179 where _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be is one of the following:
1191 _
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\bI_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\b(_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bw_
\ba_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1193 Usage: [un]ignore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1195 Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing systems,
1196 or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This command allows you
1197 to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see.
1199 You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example, ``ignore
1200 content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern ``con-
1201 tent-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
1203 To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore'' command.
1204 The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt-ng display headers with the given pat-
1205 tern. For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is possible to ``unignore x-
1208 ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
1212 # Sven's draconian header weeding
1214 unignore from date subject to cc
1215 unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
1218 _
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
1220 Usage: [un]alternates _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1222 With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently, depending on
1224 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 24
1226 whether you sent them or whether you received them from someone else. For
1227 instance, when replying to a message that you sent to a different party, mutt
1228 will automatically suggest to send the response to the original message's
1229 recipients -- responding to yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See
1230 _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.232 , page 121).)
1232 Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To fully use
1233 mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize what e-mail
1234 addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of the alternates command:
1235 It takes a list of regular expressions, each of which can identify an address
1236 under which you receive e-mail.
1238 The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates pat-
1239 terns. If an address matches something in an alternates command, but you none-
1240 theless do not think it is from you, you can list a more precise pattern under
1241 an unalternates command.
1243 To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the unalternates
1244 command with exactly the same _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. Likewise, if the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for a alternates
1245 command matches an entry on the unalternates list, that unalternates entry will
1246 be removed. If the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for unalternates is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs on alternates
1249 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
1251 Usage: [un]lists _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1253 Usage: [un]subscribe _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1255 Mutt-ng has a few nice features for _
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 4.9 , page
1256 44). In order to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses
1257 belong to mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
1258 you have done this, the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 2.3.4 , page 8) function will work
1259 for all known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
1260 list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users' mail user
1261 agents not to send copies of replies to your personal address. Note that the
1262 Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not supported by
1263 all mail user agents. Adding it is not bullet-proof against receiving personal
1264 CCs of list messages. Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To
1265 header is controlled by the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.65 , page 80) configura-
1268 More precisely, Mutt-ng maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of known
1269 and subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is known. To mark
1270 a mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To mark it as subscribed,
1273 You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all messages sent
1274 to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug tracking system as list mail,
1275 for instance, you could say ``subscribe [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's
1276 sufficient to just give a portion of the list's e-mail address.
1278 Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity. For exam-
1279 ple, if you've subscribed to the Mutt-ng mailing list, you will receive mail
1281 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 25
1283 addressed to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg. So, to tell Mutt-ng that this is a mailing
1284 list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your initialization file. To tell
1285 mutt that you are subscribed to it, add ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your ini-
1286 tialization file instead. If you also happen to get mail from someone whose
1287 address is _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b._
\bc_
\bo_
\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-
1288 users@mutt\\.org'' or ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' to match only mail
1289 from the actual list.
1291 The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of known and
1292 subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all tokens.
1294 To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists, but keep it
1295 on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
1297 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs
1299 Usage: mbox-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1301 This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to a dif-
1302 ferent mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a
1303 regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a ``spool'' mailbox and
1304 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx specifies where mail should be saved when read.
1306 Unlike some of the other _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk commands, only the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt matching pattern is used
1307 (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a single mailbox).
1309 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
1311 Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1313 This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will be checked
1314 for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar displays how many of
1315 these folders have new messages.
1317 When changing folders, pressing _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be will cycle through folders with new mail.
1319 Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the files
1320 specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain new messages.
1321 Mutt-ng will automatically enter this mode when invoked from the command line
1324 The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of folders
1325 which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all tokens.
1327 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to the last
1328 access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program which accesses
1329 the mailbox might cause Mutt-ng to never detect new mail for that mailbox if
1330 they do not properly reset the access time. Backup tools are another common
1331 reason for updated access times.
1333 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the command is
1334 executed, so if these names contain _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 4.8 , page
1335 44) (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these char-
1336 acters (like _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 , page 79) and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
1338 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 26
1340 6.3.294 , page 135)) should be executed before the mailboxes command.
1342 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1346 my_hdr _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1348 unmy_hdr _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
1350 The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields which will
1351 be added to every message you send.
1353 For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header field to all
1354 of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
1356 my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
1360 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: space characters are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt allowed between the keyword and the colon
1361 (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that space is illegal
1362 there, so Mutt-ng enforces the rule.
1364 If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you should either
1365 set the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable, or use the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-
1366 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can edit the
1367 header of your message along with the body.
1369 To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command. You may
1370 specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or the fields to
1371 remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc'' header fields, you could
1376 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs
1378 Usage: hdr_order _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b1 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b2 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b3
1380 With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt to
1381 present headers to you when viewing messages.
1383 ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list, thus
1384 removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup file.
1386 hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
1388 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 27
1390 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1392 Usage: save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1394 This command is used to override the default filename used when saving mes-
1395 sages. _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be will be used as the default filename if the message is _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b:
1396 an address matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp or if you are the author and the message is
1397 addressed _
\bt_
\bo_
\b: something matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
1399 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1400 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1404 save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
1405 save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
1407 Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) command.
1409 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1411 Usage: fcc-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1413 This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
1414 (section 6.3.229 , page 120). Mutt-ng searches the initial list of message
1415 recipients for the first matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp and uses _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx as the default Fcc:
1416 mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section
1417 6.3.229 , page 120) mailbox.
1419 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1420 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1422 Example: fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers
1424 The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to the
1425 `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 ,
1428 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
1430 Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1432 This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
1433 3.16 , page 27) and a _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) with its arguments.
1435 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1437 Usage: reply-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1439 Usage: send-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1441 Usage: send2-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1443 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 28
1445 These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands based
1446 upon recipients of the message. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression matching the
1447 desired address. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed when _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp matches recipients of the
1450 reply-hook is matched against the message you are _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg t
\bto
\bo, instead of the
1451 message you are _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. send-hook is matched against all messages, both _
\bn_
\be_
\bw
1452 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bs. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: reply-hooks are matched b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be the send-hook, r
\bre
\beg
\bga
\bar
\brd
\bdl
\ble
\bes
\bss
\bs of
1453 the order specified in the users's configuration file.
1455 send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by editing it, or
1456 by using the compose menu to change its recipients or subject. send2-hook is
1457 executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the
1458 _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.246 , page 124) variable depending on the message's
1461 For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur, commands
1462 are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc (for that type of
1465 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1466 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1468 Example: send-hook mutt 'set mime_forward signature='''
1470 Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\b-
1471 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68), _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.258 , page 127) and
1472 _
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.113 , page 93) variables in order to change the language
1473 of the attributions and signatures based upon the recipients.
1475 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial list of
1476 recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the message will NOT
1477 cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that my_hdr commands which mod-
1478 ify recipient headers, or the message's subject, don't have any effect on the
1479 current message when executed from a send-hook.
1481 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1483 Usage: message-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1485 This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands before
1486 viewing or formatting a message based upon information about the message. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\b-
1487 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches the message to be displayed. When mul-
1488 tiple matches occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified in
1491 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1492 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1496 message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
1497 message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
1499 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 29
1501 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bC_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
1503 Usage: crypt-hook _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bi_
\bd
1505 When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a cer-
1506 tain key with a given e-mail address automatically, either because the recipi-
1507 ent's public key can't be deduced from the destination address, or because, for
1508 some reasons, you need to override the key Mutt-ng would normally use. The
1509 crypt-hook command provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the
1510 public key to be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
1512 The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You can either
1513 put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even just a real name.
1515 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs _
\bt_
\bo _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\be_
\br
1517 Usage: push _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1519 This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string may con-
1520 tain control characters, key names and function names like the sequence string
1521 in the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) command. You may use it to automatically
1522 run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering certain folders.
1524 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bE_
\bx_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1526 Usage: exec _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
1528 This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed in the
1529 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 147). ``exec function'' is equivalent
1530 to ``push <function>''.
1532 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1534 Usage: score _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
1536 Usage: unscore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1538 The score commands adds _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be to a message's score if _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches it. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
1539 _
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a string in the format described in the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page
1540 36) section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information not
1541 available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used). _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be is a
1542 positive or negative integer. A message's final score is the sum total of all
1543 matching score entries. However, you may optionally prefix _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be with an equal
1544 sign (=) to cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is a match.
1545 Negative final scores are rounded up to 0.
1547 The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the
1548 same pattern specified in the score command for it to be removed. The pattern
1549 ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the list of all score entries.
1551 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bS_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm _
\bd_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1553 Usage: spam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1555 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 30
1557 Usage: nospam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1559 Mutt-ng has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By defining
1560 your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt, _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh,
1561 and _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt your mail based on its spam attributes, as determined by the external
1562 filter. You also can display the spam attributes in your index display using
1563 the %H selector in the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90) variable.
1564 (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display spam tags only when they are defined for a
1567 Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns using the
1568 spam command. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn should be a regular expression that matches a header in a
1569 mail message. If any message in the mailbox matches this regular expression, it
1570 will receive a ``spam tag'' or ``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a
1571 nospam pattern -- see below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up
1572 to you, and is governed by the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt parameter. _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt can be any static text,
1573 but it also can include back-references from the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn expression. (A regular
1574 expression ``back-reference'' refers to a sub-expression contained within
1575 parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-reference in the regex, %2
1576 with the second, etc.
1578 If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than one spam-
1579 related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter you use. If a mes-
1580 sage matches two or more of these patterns, and the $spam_separator variable is
1581 set to a string, then the message's spam tag will consist of all the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1582 strings joined together, with the value of $spam_separator separating them.
1584 For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might define
1585 these spam settings:
1587 spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
1588 spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
1589 spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
1590 set spam_separator=", "
1592 If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits under the
1593 ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a 97% probability of
1594 being spam, that message's spam tag would read 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four
1595 characters before ``=many'' in a DCC report indicate the checksum used -- in
1596 this case, ``Fuz2''.)
1598 If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match super-
1599 sedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt strings, you'll get
1600 only the last one to match.
1602 The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in the
1603 $index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-matching
1604 expression matches against for _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh and _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt functions. And it's what sort-
1605 ing by spam attribute will use as a sort key.
1607 That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual environments will
1608 have only one spam filter. The simpler your configuration, the more effective
1609 mutt can be, especially when it comes to sorting.
1611 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 31
1613 Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort _
\bl_
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by -- that is, by
1614 ordering strings alphnumerically. However, if a spam tag begins with a number,
1615 mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only when two numbers are equal
1616 in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A message with no spam attributes at
1617 all -- that is, one that didn't match _
\ba_
\bn_
\by of your spam patterns -- is sorted at
1618 lowest priority. Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging upward.
1619 Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower priority than
1620 ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective when you can
1621 coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case you can't, mutt can
1622 still do something useful.
1624 The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns. If a
1625 header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you nonetheless do not
1626 want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more precise pattern under a
1629 If the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn given to nospam is exactly the same as the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn on an exist-
1630 ing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry from the spam list,
1631 instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for a spam command
1632 matches an entry on the nospam list, that nospam entry will be removed. If the
1633 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for nospam is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs _
\bo_
\bn _
\bb_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs will be removed. This
1634 might be the default action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with a
1637 You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can even do your
1638 own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for example, if you consider all
1639 mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a spam command like this:
1641 spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
1643 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1645 Usage: set [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1647 Usage: toggle _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1649 Usage: unset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1651 Usage: reset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1653 This command is used to set (and unset) _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3 ,
1654 page 64). There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
1655 quadoption. _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables can be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (true) or _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (false). _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br
1656 variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
1658 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters. _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs must
1659 be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You may also use the
1660 ``C'' escape sequences \
\b\n
\bn and \
\b\t
\bt for newline and tab, respectively.
1662 _
\bq_
\bu_
\ba_
\bd_
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted for cer-
1663 tain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause the
1664 action to be carried out automatically as if you had answered yes to the
1666 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 32
1668 question. Similarly, a value of _
\bn_
\bo will cause the the action to be carried out
1669 as if you had answered ``no.'' A value of _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause a prompt with a
1670 default answer of ``yes'' and _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
1672 Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set noaskbcc.
1674 For _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name with inv to
1675 toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing macros. Example:
1678 The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all specified vari-
1681 The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all specified vari-
1684 Using the enter-command function in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu, you can query the value of
1685 a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a question mark:
1689 The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption vari-
1692 The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time defaults
1693 (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command set and prefix the
1694 variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as the reset command.
1696 With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'', which allows
1697 you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
1699 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
1701 Usage: source _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1703 This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from other files.
1704 For example, I place all of my aliases in ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my
1705 ~/.muttrc readable and keep my aliases private.
1707 If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to the path of
1708 your home directory.
1710 If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is considered to be
1711 an executable program from which to read input (eg. source ~/bin/myscript|).
1713 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be_
\bs _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by
1715 Usage: ifdef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd Usage: ifndef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1717 These command allows to test if a variable, function or certain feature is
1718 available or not respectively, before actually executing the command. ifdef
1719 (short for ``if defined) handles commands if upon availability while ifndef
1721 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 33
1723 (short for ``if not defined'') does if not. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd may be any valid frac-
1724 tion of a configuration file.
1726 All names of variables and functions may be tested. Additionally, the following
1727 compile-features may be tested when prefixed with 'feature_': ncurses, slang,
1728 iconv, idn, dotlock, standalone, pop, nntp, imap, ssl, gnutls, sasl, sasl2,
1729 libesmtp, compressed, color, classic_pgp, classic_smime, gpgme, header_cache.
1733 To only source a file with IMAP related settings only if IMAP support is com-
1736 ifdef feature_imap 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1738 # ifdef imap_user 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1742 To exit mutt-ng directly if no NNTP support is compiled in:
1744 ifndef feature_nntp 'push q'
1746 # ifndef newsrc 'push q'
1750 To only set the _
\b<_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.98 , page 87) when the system's
1751 SVN is recent enough to have it:
1753 ifdef imap_mail_check 'set imap_mail_check=300'
1755 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bR_
\be_
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
1757 Usage: unhook [ * | _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ]
1759 This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined. You can
1760 either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an argument, or you
1761 can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying something like unhook send-
1764 _
\b4_
\b. _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1766 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bR_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1768 All string patterns in Mutt-ng including those in more complex _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (sec-
1769 tion 4.2 , page 36) must be specified using regular expressions (regexp) in
1770 the ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used by egrep
1771 and GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a brief description
1774 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 34
1776 The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one upper case
1777 letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\'' must be quoted if used
1778 for a regular expression in an initialization command: ``\\''.
1780 A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings. Regular
1781 expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic expressions, by using
1782 various operators to combine smaller expressions.
1784 Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either ' or '
1785 which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space character.
1786 See _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 3.1 , page 14) for more informa-
1787 tion on ' and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal ' or ' you must pref-
1788 ace it with \ (backslash).
1790 The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match a single
1791 character. Most characters, including all letters and digits, are regular
1792 expressions that match themselves. Any metacharacter with special meaning may
1793 be quoted by preceding it with a backslash.
1795 The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and the dollar
1796 sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the empty string at the
1797 beginning and end of a line.
1799 A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single character
1800 in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret ``^'' then it
1801 matches any character n
\bno
\bot
\bt in the list. For example, the regular expression
1802 [
\b[0
\b01
\b12
\b23
\b34
\b45
\b56
\b67
\b78
\b89
\b9]
\b] matches any single digit. A range of ASCII characters may be
1803 specified by giving the first and last characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''.
1804 Most metacharacters lose their special meaning inside lists. To include a lit-
1805 eral ``]'' place it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^''
1806 place it anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
1809 Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes consist
1810 of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The following classes are
1811 defined by the POSIX standard:
1814 Alphanumeric characters.
1817 Alphabetic characters.
1820 Space or tab characters.
1829 Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is
1831 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 35
1833 printable, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
1836 Lower-case alphabetic characters.
1839 Printable characters (characters that are not control characters.)
1842 Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
1843 control characters, or space characters).
1846 Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few).
1849 Upper-case alphabetic characters.
1852 Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
1854 A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the brackets of
1855 a character list. Note that the brackets in these class names are part of the
1856 symbolic names, and must be included in addition to the brackets delimiting the
1857 bracket list. For example, [
\b[[
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]]
\b] is equivalent to [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b].
1859 Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These apply to
1860 non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called collating ele-
1861 ments) that are represented with more than one character, as well as several
1862 characters that are equivalent for collating or sorting purposes:
1865 A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element enclosed
1866 in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a collating ele-
1867 ment, then [
\b[[
\b[.
\b.c
\bch
\bh.
\b.]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that matches this collating ele-
1868 ment, while [
\b[c
\bch
\bh]
\b] is a regexp that matches either ``c'' or ``h''.
1871 An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of char-
1872 acters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[='' and
1873 ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to represent all
1874 of ``'' ``'' and ``e''. In this case, [
\b[[
\b[=
\b=e
\be=
\b=]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that
1875 matches any of ``'', ``'' and ``e''.
1877 A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by one of sev-
1878 eral repetition operators:
1881 The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
1884 The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
1886 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 36
1889 The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
1892 The preceding item is matched exactly _
\bn times.
1895 The preceding item is matched _
\bn or more times.
1898 The preceding item is matched at most _
\bm times.
1901 The preceding item is matched at least _
\bn times, but no more than _
\bm
1904 Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular expression
1905 matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings that respectively
1906 match the concatenated subexpressions.
1908 Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the result-
1909 ing regular expression matches any string matching either subexpression.
1911 Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes precedence
1912 over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in parentheses to
1913 override these precedence rules.
1915 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you compile Mutt-ng with the GNU _
\br_
\bx package, the following operators
1916 may also be used in regular expressions:
1919 Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
1923 Matches the empty string within a word.
1926 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
1929 Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
1932 Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or under-
1936 Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
1939 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
1941 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 37
1944 Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
1946 Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so they may
1947 or may not be available in stock libraries on various systems.
1949 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
1951 Many of Mutt-ng's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match (limit, tag-
1952 pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to select messages:
1954 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 38
1957 ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
1958 ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
1959 ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
1960 ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
1962 ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
1964 ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
1966 ~f USER messages originating from USER
1967 ~g cryptographically signed messages
1968 ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
1969 ~H EXPR messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR
1970 ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
1971 ~k message contains PGP key material
1972 ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
1973 ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
1974 ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
1975 ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
1976 ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
1979 ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
1980 ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
1981 ~Q messages which have been replied to
1983 ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
1984 ~S superseded messages
1985 ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
1987 ~t USER messages addressed to USER
1989 ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
1990 ~V cryptographically verified messages
1991 ~w EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `Newsgroups' field
1992 (if compiled with NNTP support)
1993 ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
1994 ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
1995 ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
1996 ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
1997 ~$ unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)
1998 ~* ``From'' contains realname and (syntactically) valid
1999 address (excluded are addresses matching against
2000 alternates or any alias)
2002 Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.1 , page
2003 33). Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside of
2004 patterns. Specifically, Mutt-ng's parser for these patterns will strip one
2005 level of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting. If it is your
2006 intention to use a backslash in the regular expression, you will need to use
2007 two backslashes instead (\\).
2009 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 39
2011 *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
2013 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\br
2015 Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and t) match
2016 if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want to make sure that
2017 all elements of that list match, you need to prefix your pattern with ^. This
2018 example matches all mails which only has recipients from Germany.
2022 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\bx _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
2024 Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For example:
2028 would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of recipients
2029 a
\ban
\bnd
\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header field.
2031 Mutt-ng also recognizes the following operators to create more complex search
2034 +
\bo ! -- logical NOT operator
2036 +
\bo | -- logical OR operator
2038 +
\bo () -- logical grouping operator
2040 Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This pattern will
2041 select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the ``To'' or ``Cc'' field
2042 and which are from ``elkins''.
2044 !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
2046 Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note the ' and
2047 ' delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must match the ``^Junk
2048 +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim +Somebody'' or ``Ed +Some-
2051 '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
2053 Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a veritical bar
2054 ("|"), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes since those
2055 characters are also used to separate different parts of Mutt-ng's pattern lan-
2058 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 40
2060 ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
2062 Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end. This would be separated to
2063 two OR'd patterns: _
\b~_
\bf _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\b(_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b\_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg and _
\bc_
\bs_
\b\_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b\_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu_
\b). They are never what you
2066 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bb_
\by _
\bD_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
2068 Mutt-ng supports two types of dates, _
\ba_
\bb_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bu_
\bt_
\be and _
\br_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be.
2070 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bso
\bol
\blu
\but
\bte
\be. Dates m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are optional,
2071 defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a valid range of
2074 Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
2076 If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'', all mes-
2077 sages _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the maximum (second)
2078 date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br the given date will be
2079 selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (``-''), only messages
2080 sent on the given date will be selected.
2082 E
\bEr
\brr
\bro
\bor
\br M
\bMa
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bns
\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error margin
2083 is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the following
2091 As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character, which is
2092 equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
2094 Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001, you'd use
2095 the following pattern:
2097 Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
2099 R
\bRe
\bel
\bla
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may be speci-
2102 +
\bo >_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages older than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2104 +
\bo <_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages newer than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2106 +
\bo =_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages exactly _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units old)
2108 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 41
2110 _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following units:
2117 Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
2119 Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
2121 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\bl time zone, so
2122 unless you change the setting of your _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page
2123 90) to include a %[...] format, these are n
\bno
\bot
\bt the dates shown in the main
2126 _
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bT_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
2128 Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of messages all at
2129 once rather than one at a time. An example might be to save messages to a
2130 mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete all messages with a given sub-
2131 ject. To tag all messages matching a pattern, use the tag-pattern function,
2132 which is bound to ``shift-T'' by default. Or you can select individual mes-
2133 sages by hand using the ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by
2134 default. See _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36) for Mutt-ng's pattern matching
2137 Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-prefix'' oper-
2138 ator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default. When the ``tag-prefix''
2139 operator is used, the n
\bne
\bex
\bxt
\bt operation will be applied to all tagged messages if
2140 that operation can be used in that manner. If the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg (section 6.3.16 ,
2141 page 69) variable is set, the next operation applies to the tagged messages
2142 automatically, without requiring the ``tag-prefix''.
2144 In _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) or _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) commands,
2145 you can use the ``tag-prefix-cond'' operator. If there are no tagged messages,
2146 mutt will "eat" the rest of the macro to abort it's execution. Mutt-ng will
2147 stop "eating" the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond'' operator; after
2148 this operator the rest of the macro will be executed as normal.
2150 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2152 A _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to execute
2153 arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For example, you may wish
2154 to tailor your configuration based upon which mailbox you are reading, or to
2155 whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt-ng world, a _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk consists of a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br
2156 _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) along
2157 with a configuration option/command. See
2159 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19)
2161 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 42
2163 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27)
2165 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28)
2167 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26)
2169 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)
2171 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)
2173 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27)
2175 for specific details on each type of _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk available.
2177 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain effective
2178 until the end of the current mutt session. As this is generally not desired, a
2179 default hook needs to be added before all other hooks to restore configuration
2180 defaults. Here is an example with send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
2182 send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
2183 send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
2185 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2187 Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-hook) are
2188 evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other types of hooks, a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\b-
2189 _
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) is sufficient. But in dealing with
2190 messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching since for different
2191 purposes you want to match different criteria.
2193 Mutt-ng allows the use of the _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) language
2194 for matching messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as
2195 it would when _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg or _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg the mailbox, except that you are restricted
2196 to those operators which match information mutt extracts from the header of the
2197 message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject, etc.).
2199 For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon sending mail
2200 to a specific address, you could do something like:
2202 send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt-ng User <user@host>'
2204 which would execute the given command when sending mail to _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\bc_
\bs_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu.
2206 However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using the full
2207 searching language. You can still specify a simple _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn like the
2208 other hooks, in which case Mutt-ng will translate your pattern into the full
2209 language, using the translation specified by the _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2210 6.3.45 , page 75) variable. The pattern is translated at the time the hook is
2211 declared, so the value of _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 6.3.45 , page 75) that is in
2212 effect at that time will be used.
2214 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 43
2216 _
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br
2218 The sidebar, a feature specific to Mutt-ng, allows you to use a mailbox listing
2219 which looks very similar to the ones you probably know from GUI mail clients.
2220 The sidebar lists all specified mailboxes, shows the number in each and high-
2221 lights the ones with new email Use the following configuration commands:
2223 set sidebar_visible="yes"
2224 set sidebar_width=25
2226 If you want to specify the mailboxes you can do so with:
2234 You can also specify the colors for mailboxes with new mails by using:
2236 color sidebar_new red black
2237 color sidebar white black
2239 The available functions are:
2241 sidebar-scroll-up Scrolls the mailbox list up 1 page
2242 sidebar-scroll-down Scrolls the mailbox list down 1 page
2243 sidebar-next Highlights the next mailbox
2244 sidebar-next-new Highlights the next mailbox with new mail
2245 sidebar-previous Highlights the previous mailbox
2246 sidebar-open Opens the currently highlighted mailbox
2248 Reasonable key bindings look e.g. like this:
2250 bind index \Cp sidebar-prev
2251 bind index \Cn sidebar-next
2252 bind index \Cb sidebar-open
2253 bind pager \Cp sidebar-prev
2254 bind pager \Cn sidebar-next
2255 bind pager \Cb sidebar-open
2257 macro index B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2258 macro pager B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2260 You can then go up and down by pressing Ctrl-P and Ctrl-N, and switch on and
2261 off the sidebar simply by pressing 'B'.
2263 _
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\bE_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\bQ_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs
2265 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 44
2267 Mutt-ng supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP,
2268 ph/qi, bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt using a
2269 simple interface. Using the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.220 , page 118) vari-
2270 able, you specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
2272 set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
2274 The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It should
2275 return a one line message, then each matching response on a single line, each
2276 line containing a tab separated address then name then some other optional
2277 information. On error, or if there are no matching addresses, return a non-
2278 zero exit code and a one line error message.
2280 An example multiple response output:
2282 Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
2283 me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
2284 blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
2285 roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
2287 There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt. One is to
2288 do a query from the index menu using the query function (default: Q). This
2289 will prompt for a query, then bring up the query menu which will list the
2290 matching responses. From the query menu, you can select addresses to create
2291 aliases, or to mail. You can tag multiple addresses to mail, start a new
2292 query, or have a new query appended to the current responses.
2294 The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address completion,
2295 similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for address entry, you can use
2296 the complete-query function (default: ^T) to run a query based on the current
2297 address you have typed. Like aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed
2298 back to the last space or comma. If there is a single response for that query,
2299 mutt will expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
2300 will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one or more
2301 addresses to be added to the prompt.
2303 _
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bs
2305 Mutt-ng supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats: mbox,
2306 MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so there is no need to
2307 use a flag for different mailbox types. When creating new mailboxes, Mutt-ng
2308 uses the default specified with the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.124 , page 95)
2311 m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All messages are
2312 stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the form:
2314 From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
2316 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 45
2318 to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
2321 M
\bMM
\bMD
\bDF
\bF. This is a variant of the _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx format. Each message is surrounded by
2322 lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
2324 M
\bMH
\bH. A radical departure from _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx and _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF, a mailbox consists of a directory
2325 and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename indicates the mes-
2326 sage number (however, this is may not correspond to the message number Mutt-ng
2327 displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a comma (,) prepended to the file-
2328 name. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt detects this type of mailbox by looking for either
2329 .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to distinguish normal directories from MH
2332 M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a replace-
2333 ment for sendmail). Similar to _
\bM_
\bH, except that it adds three subdirectories of
2334 the mailbox: _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\bc_
\bu_
\br. Filenames for the messages are chosen in such a
2335 way they are unique, even when two programs are writing the mailbox over NFS,
2336 which means that no file locking is needed.
2338 _
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs
2340 There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific mailboxes.
2341 These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for a file or mailbox
2344 +
\bo ! -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.294 , page 135) (incoming)
2347 +
\bo > -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.123 , page 95) file
2349 +
\bo < -- refers to your _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.229 , page 120) file
2351 +
\bo ^ -- refers to the current mailbox
2353 +
\bo - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
2355 +
\bo ~ -- refers to your home directory
2357 +
\bo = or + -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 , page 79) directory
2359 +
\bo @_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs -- refers to the _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.15 , page 26) as
2360 determined by the address of the alias
2362 _
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
2364 Mutt-ng has a few configuration options that make dealing with large amounts of
2365 mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt know what addresses
2366 you consider to be mailing lists (technically this does not have to be a mail-
2367 ing list, but that is what it is most often used for), and what lists you are
2368 subscribed to. This is accomplished through the use of the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be
2369 (section 3.10 , page 24) commands in your muttrc.
2371 Now that Mutt-ng knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several things,
2373 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 46
2375 the first of which is the ability to show the name of a list through which you
2376 received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu display.
2377 This is useful to distinguish between personal and list mail in the same mail-
2378 box. In the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90) variable, the escape
2379 ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when ``list'' appears in the ``To''
2380 field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it
2381 returns the name of the author).
2383 Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend to get
2384 quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of the message they
2385 are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more copies being sent to that
2386 person. The ``list-reply'' function, which by default is bound to ``L'' in the
2387 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br, helps reduce the clutter by only replying to the known
2388 mailing list addresses instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-
2389 Followup-To, see below).
2391 Mutt-ng also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a message to
2392 a list of recipients which includes one or several subscribed mailing lists,
2393 and if the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.65 , page 80) option is set, mutt will
2394 generate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the recipients to whom
2395 you send this message, but not your address. This indicates that group-replies
2396 or list-replies (also known as ``followups'') to this message should only be
2397 sent to the original recipients of the message, and not separately to you -
2398 you'll receive your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed
2401 Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which has a Mail-
2402 Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
2403 (section 6.3.87 , page 84) configuration variable is set. Using list-reply
2404 will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the mailing list, even
2405 if it's not specified in the list of recipients in the Mail-Followup-To.
2407 Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-Followup-To
2408 header manually. Mutt-ng will only auto-generate this header if it doesn't
2409 exist when you send the message.
2411 The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a ``Reply-To''
2412 field which points back to the mailing list address rather than the author of
2413 the message. This can create problems when trying to reply directly to the
2414 author in private, since most mail clients will automatically reply to the
2415 address given in the ``Reply-To'' field. Mutt-ng uses the _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section
2416 6.3.232 , page 121) variable to help decide which address to use. If set to
2417 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you will be prompted as to whether or not you would like to
2418 use the address given in the ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the
2419 address given in the ``From'' field. When set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, the ``Reply-To'' field
2420 will be used when present.
2422 The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing lists or
2423 list subject matter (or just to annotate messages individually). The
2424 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90) variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y'' escapes
2425 can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and Mutt-ng's pattern-
2426 matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:'' fields with the `` y''
2427 selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard message header field, but it can eas-
2428 ily be inserted by procmail and other mail filtering agents.
2430 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 47
2432 Lastly, Mutt-ng has the ability to _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.288 , page 133) the mail-
2433 box into _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 2.3.3 , page 7). A thread is a group of messages
2434 which all relate to the same subject. This is usually organized into a tree-
2435 like structure where a message and all of its replies are represented graphi-
2436 cally. If you've ever used a threaded news client, this is the same concept.
2437 It makes dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily
2438 delete uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
2440 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2442 Mutt-ng has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are broken
2443 either by misconfigured software or bad behavior from some correspondents. This
2444 allows to clean your mailboxes formats) from these annoyances which make it
2445 hard to follow a discussion.
2447 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b1 _
\bL_
\bi_
\bn_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2449 Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and "Refer-
2450 ences:" headers when replying to a message. This results in broken discussions
2451 because Mutt-ng has not enough information to guess the correct threading. You
2452 can fix this by tagging the reply, then moving to the parent message and using
2453 the ``link-threads'' function (bound to & by default). The reply will then be
2454 connected to this "parent" message.
2456 You can also connect multiple children at once, tagging them and using the tag-
2457 prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
2459 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b2 _
\bB_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2461 On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new discussion
2462 by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and changing the subject to a
2463 totally unrelated one. You can fix such threads by using the ``break-thread''
2464 function (bound by default to #), which will turn the subthread starting from
2465 the current message into a whole different thread.
2467 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b(_
\bD_
\bS_
\bN_
\b) _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2469 RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information about the
2470 status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of as ``return
2471 receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some command line options in
2472 which the mail client can make requests as to what type of status messages
2475 To support this, there are two variables. _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by (section 6.3.51 , page
2476 76) is used to request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
2477 message delivered, etc.). _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn (section 6.3.52 , page 76) requests how
2478 much of your message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full mes-
2479 sage). Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
2481 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bP_
\bO_
\bP_
\b3 _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2483 If Mutt-ng was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2484 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with mailboxes located on a
2485 remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local browsing.
2487 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 48
2489 You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
2492 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2493 pop://popserver:port/.
2495 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: pop://user-
2496 name@popserver[:port]/.
2498 Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For this reason
2499 the frequency at which Mutt-ng will check for mail remotely can be controlled
2500 by the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl (section , page ) variable, which defaults to every
2503 If Mutt-ng was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2504 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be encrypted. This natu-
2505 rally requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a
2506 folder with POP3/SSL, you should use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[user-
2507 name@]popserver[:port]/.
2509 Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _
\bf_
\be_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\b-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl function (default: G).
2510 It allows to connect to _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (section 6.3.205 , page 115), fetch all your
2511 new mail and place it in the local _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.294 , page 135).
2512 After this point, Mutt-ng runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
2514 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you should con-
2515 sider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
2517 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2519 If Mutt-ng was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2520 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with folders located on a
2523 You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
2524 imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP server and
2525 INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the IMAP server. If you
2526 want to access another mail folder at the IMAP server, you should use
2527 imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where path/to/folder is the path of the folder
2530 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2531 imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
2533 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: imap://user-
2534 name@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
2536 If Mutt-ng was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2537 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be encrypted. This natu-
2538 rally requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a
2539 folder with IMAP/SSL, you should use imaps://[user-
2540 name@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder path.
2542 Pine-compatible notation is also supported, i.e.
2544 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 49
2546 {[username@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
2548 Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt-ng should
2549 correctly notice which separator is being used by the server and convert paths
2552 When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to look at only
2553 the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
2554 command. See also the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.96 , page 87) vari-
2557 Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays. So, you'll
2558 want to carefully tune the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.98 , page 87) and
2559 _
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.315 , page 142) variables.
2561 Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior to
2562 v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if another client
2563 selects the same folder.
2565 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
2567 As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server. This is
2568 mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following differences:
2570 +
\bo Instead of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP", possibly
2571 followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry contains both mes-
2572 sages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers folders will often contain
2573 both messages and subfolders.
2575 +
\bo For the case where an entry can contain both messages and subfolders, the
2576 selection key (bound to enter by default) will choose to descend into the
2577 subfolder view. If you wish to view the messages in that folder, you must
2578 use view-file instead (bound to space by default).
2580 +
\bo You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the create-mailbox,
2581 delete-mailbox, and rename-mailbox commands (default bindings: C, d and r,
2582 respectively). You may also subscribe and unsubscribe to mailboxes (nor-
2583 mally these are bound to s and u, respectively).
2585 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
2587 Mutt-ng supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL, GSSAPI,
2588 CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add NTLM authentica-
2589 tion for you poor exchange users out there, but it has yet to be integrated
2590 into the main tree). There is also support for the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS,
2591 which allows you to log in to a public IMAP server without having an account.
2592 To use ANONYMOUS, simply make your username blank or "anonymous".
2594 SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several protocols
2595 (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the most secure method
2596 available on your host and the server. Using some of these methods (including
2597 DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your entire session will be encrypted and
2598 invisible to those teeming network snoops. It is the best option if you have
2599 it. To use it, you must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system
2601 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 50
2603 and compile mutt with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bs_
\bl flag.
2605 Mutt-ng will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the server,
2606 in the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, LOGIN.
2608 There are a few variables which control authentication:
2610 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.104 , page 89) - controls the username under
2611 which you request authentication on the IMAP server, for all authentica-
2612 tors. This is overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (i.e.
2613 by using a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
2615 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs (section 6.3.99 , page 87) - a password which you may preset,
2616 used by all authentication methods where a password is needed.
2618 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.90 , page 85) - a colon-delimited list
2619 of IMAP authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
2620 If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in the
2621 order listed above).
2623 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\ba_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP_
\b/_
\bP_
\bO_
\bP _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2625 If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers, you may
2626 find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and error-prone.
2627 The account-hook command may help. This hook works like folder-hook but is
2628 invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox (including inside the folder
2629 browser), not just when you open the mailbox.
2633 account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
2634 account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
2635 account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
2637 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt _
\ba _
\bW_
\bW_
\bW _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bn _
\bU_
\bR_
\bL_
\bs _
\b(_
\bE_
\bX_
\bT_
\bE_
\bR_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2639 If a message contains URLs (_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br = address in the WWW space
2640 like _
\bh_
\bt_
\bt_
\bp_
\b:_
\b/_
\b/_
\bw_
\bw_
\bw_
\b._
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg_
\b/), it is efficient to get a menu with all the URLs and
2641 start a WWW browser on one of them. This functionality is provided by the
2642 external urlview program which can be retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/con-
2643 trib/ and the configuration commands:
2645 macro index \cb |urlview\n
2646 macro pager \cb |urlview\n
2648 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2650 If Mutt-ng was compiled with compressed folders support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\b-
2651 _
\bu_
\br_
\be script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd flag), Mutt can open folders stored in
2652 an arbitrary format, provided that the user has a script to convert from/to
2653 this format to one of the accepted.
2655 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 51
2657 The most common use is to open compressed archived folders e.g. with gzip.
2659 In addition, the user can provide a script that gets a folder in an accepted
2660 format and appends its context to the folder in the user-defined format, which
2661 may be faster than converting the entire folder to the accepted format, append-
2662 ing to it and converting back to the user-defined format.
2664 There are three hooks defined (_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50), _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-
2665 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) and _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51))
2666 which define commands to uncompress and compress a folder and to append mes-
2667 sages to an existing compressed folder respectively.
2671 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2672 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2673 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2675 You do not have to specify all of the commands. If you omit _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (sec-
2676 tion 4.16.3 , page 51), the folder will be open and closed again each time you
2677 will add to it. If you omit _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) (or give
2678 empty command) , the folder will be open in the mode. If you specify _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2679 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) though you'll be able to append to the folder.
2681 Note that Mutt-ng will only try to use hooks if the file is not in one of the
2682 accepted formats. In particular, if the file is empty, mutt supposes it is not
2683 compressed. This is important because it allows the use of programs that do not
2684 have well defined extensions. Just use '.' as a regexp. But this may be sur-
2685 prising if your compressing script produces empty files. In this situation,
2686 unset _
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (section 6.3.239 , page 122), so that the compressed file
2687 will be removed if you delete all of the messages.
2689 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\be_
\bn _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
2691 Usage: open-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2693 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is the command that can be used for opening the folders whose names
2694 match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
2696 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the printf-like format string, and it should accept two
2697 parameters: %f, which is replaced with the (compressed) folder name, and %t
2698 which is replaced with the name of the temporary folder to which to write.
2700 %f and %t can be repeated any number of times in the command string, and all of
2701 the entries are replaced with the appropriate folder name. In addition, %% is
2702 replaced by %, as in printf, and any other %anything is left as is.
2704 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the original compressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should
2705 return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2709 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 52
2711 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2713 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type.
2715 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bW_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2717 Usage: close-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2719 This is used to close the folder that was open with the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2720 4.16.1 , page 50) command after some changes were made to it.
2722 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the command that can be used for closing the folders
2723 whose names match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2724 4.16.1 , page 50) command. Temporary folder in this case is the folder previ-
2725 ously produced by the <_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) command.
2727 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2728 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2732 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2734 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type, and the
2735 file can only be open in the readonly mode.
2737 _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) is not called when you exit from the
2738 folder if the folder was not changed.
2740 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bt_
\bo _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2742 Usage: append-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2744 This command is used for saving to an existing compressed folder. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
2745 is the command that can be used for appending to the folders whose names match
2746 _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50)
2747 command. The temporary folder in this case contains the messages that are
2750 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2751 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2755 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2757 When _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is used, the folder is not opened,
2758 which saves time, but this means that we can not find out what the folder type
2759 is. Thus the default (_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.124 , page 95)) type is always
2761 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 53
2763 supposed (i.e. this is the format used for the temporary folder).
2765 If the file does not exist when you save to it, _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 ,
2766 page 51) is called, and not _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51). _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2767 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is only for appending to existing folders.
2769 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type. In this
2770 case, the folder will be open and closed again (using _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2771 4.16.1 , page 50) and _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51)respectively) each
2772 time you will add to it.
2774 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
2776 The compressed folders support can also be used to handle encrypted folders. If
2777 you want to encrypt a folder with PGP, you may want to use the following hooks:
2779 open-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -f < %f > %t"
2780 close-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < %t > %f"
2782 Please note, that PGP does not support appending to an encrypted folder, so
2783 there is no append-hook defined.
2785 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the folder is temporary stored decrypted in the /tmp directory, where it
2786 can be read by your system administrator. So think about the security aspects
2789 _
\b5_
\b. _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg_
\b'_
\bs _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2791 Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt-ng the premier text-mode MIME
2792 MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality that the discern-
2793 ing MIME user requires, and the conformance to the standards wherever possible.
2794 When configuring Mutt-ng for MIME, there are two extra types of configuration
2795 files which Mutt-ng uses. One is the mime.types file, which contains the map-
2796 ping of file extensions to IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file,
2797 which specifies the external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
2799 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt
2801 There are three areas/menus in Mutt-ng which deal with MIME, they are the pager
2802 (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose menu.
2804 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bi_
\bn _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
2806 When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager, Mutt decodes
2807 the message to a text representation. Mutt-ng internally supports a number of
2808 MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched, message/rfc822, and mes-
2809 sage/news. In addition, the export controlled version of Mutt-ng recognizes a
2810 variety of PGP MIME types, including PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
2812 Mutt-ng will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them. These
2813 lines are of the form:
2815 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 54
2817 [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
2818 [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
2820 Where the Description is the description or filename given for the attachment,
2821 and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-printable/base64/binary.
2823 If Mutt-ng cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
2825 [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
2827 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bA_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2829 The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the attachment
2830 menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of the attachments in
2831 a message. From the attachment menu, you can save, print, pipe, delete, and
2832 view attachments. You can apply these operations to a group of attachments at
2833 once, by tagging the attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You
2834 can also reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
2835 attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply. You can
2836 view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap viewer definition.
2838 Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
2839 (section 2.3.4 , page 9), and the reply and forward functions) to attachments
2840 of type message/rfc822.
2842 See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
2844 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2846 The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It allows you
2847 to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects of your message. It
2848 also contains a list of the attachments of your message, including the main
2849 body. From this menu, you can print, copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose,
2850 review, and rename an attachment or a list of tagged attachments. You can also
2851 modifying the attachment information, notably the type, encoding and descrip-
2854 Attachments appear as follows:
2856 - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
2857 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
2859 The '-' denotes that Mutt-ng will delete the file after sending (or postponing,
2860 or canceling) the message. It can be toggled with the toggle-unlink command
2861 (default: u). The next field is the MIME content-type, and can be changed with
2862 the edit-type command (default: ^T). The next field is the encoding for the
2863 attachment, which allows a binary message to be encoded for transmission on
2864 7bit links. It can be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E).
2865 The next field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
2866 megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with the
2867 rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the description of the
2869 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 55
2871 attachment, and can be changed with the edit-description command (default: d).
2873 _
\b5_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bT_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b._
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
2875 When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt-ng searches your personal
2876 mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system mime.types file at
2877 /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
2879 The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a space sepa-
2880 rated list of extensions. For example:
2882 application/postscript ps eps
2884 audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
2886 A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt-ng distribution, and should con-
2887 tain most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
2889 If Mutt-ng can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file you
2890 attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary information,
2891 Mutt-ng will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it as text/plain. If
2892 the file contains binary information, then Mutt-ng will mark it as applica-
2893 tion/octet-stream. You can change the MIME type that Mutt-ng assigns to an
2894 attachment by using the edit-type command from the compose menu (default: ^T).
2895 The MIME type is actually a major mime type followed by the sub-type, separated
2896 by a '/'. 6 major types: application, text, image, video, audio, and model have
2897 been approved after various internet discussions. Mutt-ng recognises all of
2898 these if the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also recog-
2899 nises other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is widely used in
2900 the molecular modelling community to pass molecular data in various forms to
2901 various molecular viewers. Non-recognised mime types should only be used if the
2902 recipient of the message is likely to be expecting such attachments.
2904 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2906 Mutt-ng supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix specific
2907 format specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format is commonly
2908 referred to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant programs utilize the
2909 mailcap format, allowing you to specify handling for all MIME types in one
2910 place for all programs. Programs known to use this format include Netscape,
2911 XMosaic, lynx and metamail.
2913 In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt-ng can not handle internally,
2914 Mutt-ng parses a series of external configuration files to find an external
2915 handler. The default search string for these files is a colon delimited list
2918 ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
2920 where $HOME is your home directory.
2922 In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file, usually
2924 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 56
2926 as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline entries.
2928 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bB_
\ba_
\bs_
\bi_
\bc_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
2930 A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments, blank, or def-
2933 A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you want.
2935 A blank line is blank.
2937 A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any number of
2938 optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided by a semicolon ';'
2941 The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype method. For
2942 example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In addition, the mailcap for-
2943 mat includes two formats for wildcards, one using the special '*' subtype, the
2944 other is the implicit wild, where you only include the major type. For exam-
2945 ple, image/*, or video, will match all image types and video types, respec-
2948 The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified. There are
2949 two different types of commands supported. The default is to send the body of
2950 the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can change this behavior by using
2951 %s as a parameter to your view command. This will cause Mutt-ng to save the
2952 body of the MIME message to a temporary file, and then call the view command
2953 with the %s replaced by the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt-ng
2954 will turn over the terminal to the view program until the program quits, at
2955 which time Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
2957 So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the external
2958 pager more on stdin:
2962 Or, you could send the message as a file:
2966 Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html message:
2970 In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you must use
2971 the %s syntax. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bS_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn _
\ba _
\bb_
\bu_
\bg _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\br_
\be _
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl
2972 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\ba _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b/_
\bh_
\bt_
\bm_
\bl_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
2973 _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx_
\b, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\bu_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bc_
\ba_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bt_
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bu_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bw_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf _
\bt_
\bo
2974 _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b.
2976 On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you just
2978 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 57
2980 want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can use:
2982 text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
2984 Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on all other
2985 text formats, then you would use the following:
2990 This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
2992 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\be _
\bu_
\bs_
\be _
\bo_
\bf _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2994 The interpretation of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters can
2995 lead to security problems in general. Mutt-ng tries to quote parameters in
2996 expansion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky characters by substituting
2997 them, see the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be (section 6.3.116 , page 93) variable.
2999 Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be safe,
3000 there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less care of it.
3001 Therefore you should pay attention to the following rules:
3003 _
\bK_
\be_
\be_
\bp _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\b%_
\b-_
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bo_
\bs _
\ba_
\bw_
\ba_
\by _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b. Don't quote them with single or
3004 double quotes. Mutt-ng does this for you, the right way, as should any other
3005 program which interprets mailcap. Don't put them into backtick expansions. Be
3006 highly careful with eval statements, and avoid them if possible at all. Trying
3007 to fix broken behaviour with quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alterna-
3008 tive to correct quoting in the first place.
3010 If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need quoting or
3011 backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable and reference the
3012 shell variable where necessary, as in the following example (using $charset
3013 inside the backtick expansion is safe, since it is not itself subject to any
3016 text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
3017 && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
3019 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
3021 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
3023 In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you can add
3024 semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other options. Mutt-ng recog-
3025 nizes the following optional fields:
3028 This flag tells Mutt-ng that the command passes possibly large
3029 amounts of text on stdout. This causes Mutt-ng to invoke a pager
3031 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 58
3033 (either the internal pager or the external pager defined by the
3034 pager variable) on the output of the view command. Without this
3035 flag, Mutt-ng assumes that the command is interactive. One could
3036 use this to replace the pipe to more in the lynx -dump example in
3039 text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
3041 This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
3042 and Mutt-ng will use your standard pager to display the results.
3045 Mutt-ng uses this flag when viewing attachments with _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (sec-
3046 tion 5.4 , page 60), in order to decide whether it should honor
3047 the setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.329 , page 145) variable
3048 or not. When an attachment is viewed using an interactive program,
3049 and the corresponding mailcap entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl flag, Mutt-
3050 ng will use _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.329 , page 145) and the exit
3051 status of the program to decide if it will ask you to press a key
3052 after the external program has exited. In all other situations it
3053 will not prompt you for a key.
3056 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3057 of a specific MIME type. Mutt-ng supports this from the compose
3060 composetyped=<command>
3061 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3062 of a specific MIME type. This command differs from the compose
3063 command in that mutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data.
3064 This can be used to specify parameters, filename, description, etc.
3065 for a new attachment. Mutt-ng supports this from the compose
3069 This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
3070 type. Mutt-ng supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
3073 This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
3074 type. Mutt-ng supports this from the compose menu, and also uses
3075 it to compose new attachments. Mutt-ng will default to the defined
3076 editor for text attachments.
3078 nametemplate=<template>
3079 This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in the
3080 command fields. Certain programs will require a certain file
3081 extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For instance,
3082 lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the file ends in
3083 .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html viewer with a
3084 line in the mailcap file like:
3086 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 59
3088 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3091 This field specifies a command to run to test whether this mailcap
3092 entry should be used. The command is defined with the command
3093 expansion rules defined in the next section. If the command
3094 returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt-ng uses this entry. If
3095 the command returns non-zero, then the test failed, and Mutt-ng
3096 continues searching for the right entry. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3097 _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\bs _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b. For example:
3099 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3102 In this example, Mutt-ng will run the program RunningX which will
3103 return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
3104 isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt-ng will call netscape to
3105 display the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then
3106 Mutt-ng will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the
3109 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bO_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br
3111 When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt-ng will search for the
3112 most useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are attempting to
3113 print an image/gif, and you have the following entries in your mailcap file,
3114 Mutt-ng will search for an entry with the print command:
3117 image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
3120 Mutt-ng will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the print
3123 In addition, you can use this with _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) to denote
3124 two commands for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the
3125 other to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
3126 can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use interactively
3127 depending on your environment.
3129 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3130 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3131 text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
3133 For _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60), Mutt-ng will choose the third entry
3134 because of the copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the
3135 program RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the program
3136 returns non-zero, Mutt-ng will use the second entry for interactive viewing.
3138 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 60
3140 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3142 The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the /bin/sh
3143 shell using the system() function. Before the command is passed to /bin/sh -c,
3144 it is parsed to expand various special parameters with information from Mutt-
3145 ng. The keywords Mutt-ng expands are:
3148 As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded to
3149 a filename specified by the calling program. This file contains
3150 the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the composing
3151 program should place the results of composition. In addition, the
3152 use of this keyword causes Mutt-ng to not pass the body of the mes-
3153 sage to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
3156 Mutt-ng will expand %t to the text representation of the content
3157 type of the message in the same form as the first parameter of the
3158 mailcap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
3161 Mutt-ng will expand this to the value of the specified parameter
3162 from the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance, if
3163 Your mail message contains:
3165 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
3167 then Mutt-ng will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default
3168 metamail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to
3169 spawn an xterm using the right charset to view the message.
3172 This will be replaced by a %
3174 Mutt-ng does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in RFC
3175 1524. The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart messages, which is
3176 handled internally by Mutt-ng.
3178 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3180 This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
3182 # I'm always running X :)
3183 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3184 image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
3186 # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
3187 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
3189 This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
3191 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 61
3193 # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
3194 # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
3195 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3197 # Send html to a running netscape by remote
3198 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
3200 # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
3202 text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
3204 # Else use lynx to view it as text
3207 # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
3208 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
3210 # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
3211 text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
3213 # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
3214 image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
3216 # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
3217 # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
3219 image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
3222 # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
3223 image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
3224 pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
3226 # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
3227 application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
3229 _
\b5_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
3231 In addition to explicitly telling Mutt-ng to view an attachment with the MIME
3232 viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt-ng has support for automatically view-
3233 ing MIME attachments while in the pager.
3235 To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the copi-
3236 ousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually, you also use
3237 the entry to convert the attachment to a text representation which you can view
3240 You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types that you
3241 wish to view automatically.
3243 For instance, if you set auto_view to:
3245 auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
3247 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 62
3249 Mutt-ng could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view attach-
3250 ments of these types.
3252 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
3253 image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
3254 application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
3255 application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
3256 application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
3258 ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the autoview list.
3259 This can be used with message-hook to autoview messages based on size, etc.
3260 ``unauto_view *'' will remove all previous entries.
3262 _
\b5_
\b._
\b5 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b/_
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
3264 Mutt-ng has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a multi-
3265 part/alternative type to display. First, mutt will check the alternative_order
3266 list to determine if one of the available types is preferred. The alterna-
3267 tive_order list consists of a number of MIME types in order, including support
3268 for implicit and explicit wildcards, for example:
3270 alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
3272 Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section
3273 5.4 , page 60), and use that. Failing that, Mutt-ng will look for any text
3274 type. As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows how to handle.
3276 To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the unalterna-
3279 _
\b5_
\b._
\b6 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bL_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp
3281 Mutt-ng's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not be
3282 treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed to deal with
3283 binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an attachment's mime-type
3284 is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of the filename will be compared
3285 to the list of extensions in the mime.types file. The mime-type associated
3286 with this extension will then be used to process the attachment according to
3287 the rules in the mailcap file and according to any other configuration options
3288 (such as auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
3290 mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
3292 In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this feature for
3293 any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example, in a global muttrc.
3295 _
\b6_
\b. _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3297 _
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
3299 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 63
3301 Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt-ng attempt to read your spool
3302 mailbox. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to send messages
3303 from the command line as well.
3306 -a attach a file to a message
3307 -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
3308 -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
3309 -e specify a config command to be run after initialization files are read
3310 -f specify a mailbox to load
3311 -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
3312 -h print help on command line options
3313 -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
3314 -i specify a file to include in a message composition
3315 -m specify a default mailbox type
3316 -n do not read the system Muttngrc
3317 -p recall a postponed message
3318 -Q query a configuration variable
3319 -R open mailbox in read-only mode
3320 -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
3321 -v show version number and compile-time definitions
3322 -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
3323 -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
3324 -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
3325 -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
3327 To read messages in a mailbox
3329 mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -m _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ] [ -f _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx ]
3331 To compose a new message
3333 mutt [ -n ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -a _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ] [ -c _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ] [ -i _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ] [ -s _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\b-
3334 _
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt ] _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3336 Mutt-ng also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply redi-
3337 rect input from the file you wish to send. For example,
3339 mutt -s 'data set for run #2' professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
3341 This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a subject
3342 of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will be the contents of
3343 the file ``~/run2.dat''.
3345 _
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs
3347 The following are the commands understood by mutt.
3349 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.14 , page 49) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3351 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
3353 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 64
3355 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by ... ]
3357 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3359 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) [ * | _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3361 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3363 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3365 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3367 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3369 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3371 +
\bo _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3373 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3375 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3377 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3379 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3381 +
\bo _
\be_
\bx_
\be_
\bc (section 3.22 , page 29) _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
3383 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3385 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3387 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3389 +
\bo _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3391 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3393 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bv_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3395 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3397 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3399 +
\bo _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3401 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3403 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
3405 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs (section 3.12 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
3407 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3409 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 65
3411 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3413 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3415 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3417 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3419 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3421 +
\bo _
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3423 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
3425 +
\bo _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3427 +
\bo _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.20 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b-_
\bi_
\bd
3429 +
\bo _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3431 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3433 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3435 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
3437 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3439 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3441 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section , page ) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3443 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3445 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3447 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3449 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3451 +
\bo _
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
3453 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3455 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3457 +
\bo _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3459 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.28 , page 33) _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3461 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3463 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
3465 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 66
3471 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the subject
3472 prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, composing messages with no
3473 subject given at the subject prompt will never be aborted.
3475 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
3481 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the message
3482 body if no changes are made to the file (this check only happens after the
3483 _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt edit of the file). When set to _
\bn_
\bo, composition will never be aborted.
3485 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3489 Default: '~/.muttngrc'
3491 The default file in which to save aliases created by the ``_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (sec-
3492 tion 2.3.4 , page 7)'' function.
3494 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will not automatically source this file; you must explicitly use
3495 the ``_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32)'' command for it to be executed.
3497 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3501 Default: '%4n %2f %t %-10a %r'
3503 Specifies the format of the data displayed for the ``alias'' menu. The follow-
3504 ing printf(3)-style sequences are available:
3510 flags - currently, a 'd' for an alias marked for deletion
3516 address which alias expands to
3519 character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
3521 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 67
3523 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt
3529 Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either quoted-printable
3530 or base64 encoding when sending mail.
3532 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi
3538 Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich text mes-
3539 sages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes are rare, but if
3540 this option is set, their text will be colored accordingly. Note that this may
3541 override your color choices, and even present a security problem, since a mes-
3542 sage could include a line like ``[-- PGP output follows ...' and give it the
3543 same color as your attachment color.
3545 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\br
3551 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry in menus
3552 instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or modem links this
3553 will make response faster because there is less that has to be redrawn on the
3554 screen when moving to the next or previous entries in the menu.
3556 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bc_
\bi_
\bi_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
3562 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread and
3563 attachment trees, instead of the default ACS characters.
3565 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
3571 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients before
3572 editing an outgoing message.
3574 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc
3578 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 68
3582 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before editing
3583 the body of an outgoing message.
3585 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3591 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for mes-
3592 sages without character encoding indication. Header field values and message
3593 body content without character encoding indication would be assumed that they
3594 are written in one of this list. By default, all the header fields and message
3595 body without any charset indication are assumed to be in us-ascii.
3597 For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
3599 set assumed_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
3601 However, only the first content is valid for the message body. This variable
3602 is valid only if _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.305 , page 140) is unset.
3604 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3608 Default: '%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] '
3610 This variable describes the format of the ``attachment'' menu. The following
3611 printf(3)-style sequences are understood:
3617 requires charset conversion (n or c)
3626 MIME Content-Transfer-Encoding: header field
3632 MIME Content-Disposition: header field (I=inline, A=attachment)
3634 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 69
3652 graphic tree characters
3655 unlink (=to delete) flag
3658 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
3661 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
3663 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
3669 The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving, printing, pip-
3670 ing, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
3672 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
3678 If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when operating (saving, printing, piping, etc) on a
3679 list of tagged attachments, Mutt-ng will concatenate the attachments and will
3680 operate on them as a single attachment. The ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.13 ,
3681 page 68)'' separator is added after each attachment. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
3682 operate on the attachments one by one.
3684 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3688 Default: 'On %d, %n wrote:'
3690 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 70
3692 This is the string that will precede a message which has been included in a
3693 reply. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section
3694 on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90)''.
3696 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
3702 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, functions in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu which affect a message will be applied to
3703 all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you must first use the
3704 ``tag-prefix'' function (default: ';') to make the next function apply to all
3707 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
3713 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt along with ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77)'', Mutt-ng will
3714 skip the initial send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body
3715 of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have finished
3716 editing the body of your message.
3718 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.59 , page 78)''.
3720 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp
3726 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep when an error occurs.
3728 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3734 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep whenever it prints a message noti-
3735 fying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the ``_
\b$_
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp (sec-
3736 tion 6.3.18 , page 69)'' variable.
3738 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3744 Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs
3745 you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message. Setting this variable to
3747 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 71
3749 _
\bn_
\bo is not generally useful, and thus not recommended, because you are unable to
3752 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bd
3758 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include Delivered-To: header fields
3759 when bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this variable.
3761 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bb_
\br_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\by
3767 When this variable is set, mutt will place the cursor at the beginning of the
3768 current line in menus, even when the arrow_cursor variable is unset, making it
3769 easier for blind persons using Braille displays to follow these menus. The
3770 option is disabled by default because many visual terminals don't permit making
3771 the cursor invisible.
3773 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3777 Default: '~/.mutt_certificates'
3779 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
3781 This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are saved.
3782 When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if you accept it or
3783 not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be saved in this file and fur-
3784 ther connections are automatically accepted.
3786 You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server certificate
3787 that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automatically
3790 Example: set certificate_file=~/.muttng/certificates
3792 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3798 Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
3800 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3804 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 72
3808 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this option only affects _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br and _
\bM_
\bH style mailboxes.
3810 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox is open.
3811 Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite some time since it
3812 involves scanning the directory and checking each file to see if it has already
3813 been looked at. If it's _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no check for new mail is performed while the
3816 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
3822 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not collapse a thread if it contains any unread mes-
3825 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3829 Default: '-- Mutt-ng: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-'
3831 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the ``compose'' menu. This
3832 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.302 , page 137)'', but has
3833 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
3836 total number of attachments
3842 approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
3845 Mutt-ng version string
3847 See the text describing the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.302 , page 137)''
3848 option for more information on how to set ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.27 ,
3851 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3857 When defined, Mutt-ng will recode commands in rc files from this encoding.
3859 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 73
3861 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
3867 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to an
3870 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
3876 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a mail-
3877 box which does not yet exist before creating it.
3879 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
3885 Causes Mutt-ng to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after this
3886 many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A negative value
3887 causes Mutt-ng to wait indefinitely for the connection to succeed.
3889 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3893 Default: 'text/plain'
3895 Sets the default Content-Type: header field for the body of newly composed mes-
3898 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by
3904 This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages will be
3905 saved for later references. Also see ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.229 , page
3906 120)'', ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.240 , page 123)'', ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
3907 6.3.67 , page 80)'' and ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)''.
3909 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b4 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3915 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 74
3917 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to PGP encrypt out-
3918 going messages. This is probably only useful in connection to the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
3919 command. It can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when encryption is not
3920 required or signing is requested as well. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section
3921 6.3.276 , page 131)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME
3922 messages and settings can be overridden by use of the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto
3925 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b5 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
3931 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable PGP
3932 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3933 6.3.34 , page 72)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'',
3934 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3935 6.3.39 , page 73)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.276 , page 131)''.
3937 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b6 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3943 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to cryptographically
3944 sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when
3945 signing is not required or encryption is requested as well. If
3946 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.276 , page 131)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is
3947 used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of
3948 the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
3950 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b7 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
3956 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable S/MIME
3957 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3958 6.3.34 , page 72)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'',
3959 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3960 6.3.39 , page 73)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.276 , page 131)''.
3962 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b8 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3968 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
3969 encrypted. (Crypto only)
3971 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 75
3973 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b9 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3979 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are signed.
3981 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a
\ban
\bnd
\bd signed! (Crypto
3984 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b0 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
3990 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
3991 encrypted. This makes sense in combination with ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3992 6.3.38 , page 73)'', because it allows you to sign all messages which are
3993 automatically encrypted. This works around the problem noted in
3994 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.39 , page 73)'', that Mutt-ng is not able to
3995 find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
3997 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b1 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp
4003 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP or
4004 S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you are using col-
4005 ors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this setting.
4008 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b2 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\bm_
\be
4014 This variable controls the use the GPGME enabled crypto backends. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4015 and Mutt-ng was build with gpgme support, the gpgme code for S/MIME and PGP
4016 will be used instead of the classic code.
4018 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: You need to use this option in your .muttngrc configuration file as it
4019 won't have any effect when used interactively.
4021 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b3 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg
4027 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 76
4029 If ``_
\by_
\be_
\bs'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk'', ask
4030 whether or not to verify the signature. If ``_
\bn_
\bo'', never attempt to verify
4031 cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
4033 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b4 _
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4037 Default: '!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z'
4039 This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d'' sequence in
4040 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90)''. This is passed to strftime(3)
4041 to process the date.
4043 Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month and week
4044 day names are expanded according to the locale specified in the variable
4045 ``_
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.113 , page 93)''. If the first character in the string
4046 is a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the rest
4047 of the string are expanded in the _
\bC locale (that is in US English).
4049 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b5 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
4053 Default: '~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)'
4055 This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and fcc-hooks
4056 will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple regexp, instead of
4057 a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when they are declared, so a hook
4058 will be interpreted according to the value of this variable at the time the
4059 hook is declared. The default value matches if the message is either from a
4060 user matching the regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from
4061 address matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given
4064 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b6 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
4070 Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or synchroniz-
4071 ing a mailbox. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, messages marked for deleting will automatically
4072 be purged without prompting. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, messages marked for deletion will
4073 be kept in the mailbox.
4075 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b7 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
4081 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will untag messages when marking them for dele-
4082 tion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message, or when you
4084 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 77
4086 save it to another folder.
4088 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b8 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be
4094 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng's received-attachments menu will not show the
4095 subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts,
4096 press 'v' on that menu.
4098 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b9 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br
4104 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message is
4105 viewed it is passed as standard input to _
\b$_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.49 ,
4106 page 76), and the filtered message is read from the standard output.
4108 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b0 _
\bd_
\bo_
\bt_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm
4112 Default: '/opt/freebsd4/mutt-ng/bin/muttng_dotlock'
4114 Availability: Standalone and Dotlock
4116 Contains the path of the muttng_dotlock(1) binary to be used by Mutt-ng.
4118 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b1 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
4124 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4127 This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The string
4128 consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more of the follow-
4129 ing: _
\bn_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br, to never request notification, _
\bf_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bu_
\br_
\be, to request notification on
4130 transmission failure, _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\by, to be notified of message delays, _
\bs_
\bu_
\bc_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, to be
4131 notified of successful transmission.
4133 Example: set dsn_notify='failure,delay'
4135 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b2 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn
4141 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 78
4143 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4146 This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN messages.
4147 It may be set to either _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs to return just the message header, or _
\bf_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl to
4148 return the full message.
4150 Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
4152 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b3 _
\bd_
\bu_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
4158 This variable controls whether Mutt-ng, when sorting by threads, threads mes-
4159 sages with the same Message-Id: header field together. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
4160 indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an equals sign
4161 in the thread diagram.
4163 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b4 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4169 This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages along with
4170 the body of your message.
4172 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b5 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
4178 This variable specifies which editor is used by Mutt-ng. It defaults to the
4179 value of the $VISUAL, or $EDITOR, environment variable, or to the string 'vi'
4180 if neither of those are set.
4182 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b6 _
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4188 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will quoted-printable encode messages when they contain the
4189 string ``From '' (note the trailing space) in the beginning of a line. Useful
4190 to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to do
4193 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b7 _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4197 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 79
4201 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to derive the message's _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be sender from the
4202 ``From:'' header field. Note that this information is passed to the sendmail
4203 command using the ``-f' command line switch, so don't set this option if you
4204 are using that switch in _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.246 , page 124) yourself, or
4205 if the sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
4207 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b8 _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be
4213 Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
4215 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b9 _
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
4221 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped when reply-
4222 ing to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is skipped when forwarding
4225 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this variable has no effect when the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.17 , page
4226 69)'' variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
4228 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b0 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
4234 This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages are
4235 saved along with the main body of your message.
4237 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b1 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br
4243 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and unsigned, even
4244 when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed. (PGP only)
4246 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4252 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for text
4254 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 80
4256 file attatchments. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.24 , page 70) value will
4257 be used instead. For example, the following configuration would work for
4258 Japanese text handling:
4260 set file_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
4262 Note: ``iso-2022-*'' must be put at the head of the value as shown above if
4265 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b3 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4271 Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A ``+'' or ``='' at the
4272 beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this variable. Note
4273 that if you change this variable from the default value you need to make sure
4274 that the assignment occurs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be you use ``+'' or ``='' for any other vari-
4275 ables since expansion takes place during the ``set'' command.
4277 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b4 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4281 Default: '%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f'
4283 This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your personal
4284 taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page
4285 90)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
4291 date/time folder was last modified
4300 group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
4303 number of hard links
4306 N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
4311 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 81
4314 * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
4317 owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
4320 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
4323 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
4325 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b5 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4331 Controls whether or not the Mail-Followup-To: header field is generated when
4332 sending mail. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate this field when you are replying
4333 to a known mailing list, specified with the ``subscribe'' or ``_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section
4334 3.10 , page 24)'' commands or detected by common mailing list headers.
4336 This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving duplicate
4337 copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing lists. Second, ensuring
4338 that you do get a reply separately for any messages sent to known lists to
4339 which you are not subscribed. The header will contain only the list's address
4340 for subscribed lists, and both the list address and your own email address for
4341 unsubscribed lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to
4342 a subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address, resulting in
4343 two copies of the same email for you.
4345 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b6 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4351 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it causes Mutt-ng to check for new mail when the _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt command
4352 is invoked. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will just list all mailboxes which are
4353 already known to have new mail.
4355 Also see the following variables: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.315 , page 142)'',
4356 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.114 , page 93)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
4357 6.3.98 , page 87)''.
4359 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b7 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4365 This variable is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.240 , page 123)'',
4366 except that Mutt-ng will store a copy of your outgoing message by the username
4368 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 82
4370 of the address you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
4372 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.229 , page 120)'' variable.
4374 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b8 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
4380 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
4381 a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded. This variable is only
4382 used, if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.135 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, otherwise
4383 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.136 , page 97)'' is used instead.
4385 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b9 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
4391 Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message. When
4392 _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This variable is only used
4393 if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.135 , page 97)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
4394 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.136 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. (PGP only)
4396 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b0 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
4402 This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically placed in the
4403 editor when forwarding messages. For those who always want to forward with no
4404 modification, use a setting of _
\bn_
\bo.
4406 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b1 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4412 This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message. It uses
4413 the same format sequences as the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90)''
4416 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be
4422 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message (when
4423 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.135 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt) will be quoted using
4425 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 83
4427 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.108 , page 89)''.
4429 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b3 _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4431 Type: e-mail address
4435 This variable contains a default from address. It can be overridden using
4436 my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.235 , page
4437 121)''. This variable is ignored if ``_
\b$_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.324 , page
4440 E.g. you can use send-hook Mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de 'my_hdr From: Foo Bar
4441 <foo@bar.fb>' when replying to the mutt-ng developer's mailing list and Mutt-ng
4442 takes this email address.
4444 Defaults to the contents of the environment variable $EMAIL.
4446 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b4 _
\bg_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bs_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
4448 Type: regular expression
4452 A regular expression used by Mutt-ng to parse the GECOS field of a password
4453 entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular expression is set to
4454 ``^[^,]*'' which will return the string up to the first ``,'' encountered. If
4455 the GECOS field contains a string like 'lastname, firstname' then you should
4456 do: set gecos_mask='.*'.
4458 This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-mail to
4459 user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If Mutt-ng expands stevef to
4460 ``Franklin'' stevef@foo.bar then you should set the gecos_mask to a regular
4461 expression that will match the whole name so Mutt-ng will expand ``Franklin''
4462 to ``Franklin, Steve''.
4464 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b5 _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs
4470 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the header fields normally added by the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 ,
4471 page 25)'' command are not created. This variable _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt before compos-
4472 ing a new message or replying in order to take effect. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the user
4473 defined header fields are added to every new message.
4475 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b6 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4481 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 84
4483 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable causes Mutt-ng to include the header of the message you
4484 are replying to into the edit buffer. The ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.330 , page
4485 145)'' setting applies.
4487 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b7 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be
4493 Availability: Header Cache
4495 The _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.77 , page 82) variable points to the header
4498 If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.77 , page 82) points to a directory it will con-
4499 tain a header cache database per folder. If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.77 ,
4500 page 82) points to a file that file will be a single global header cache. By
4501 default it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt so no header caching will be used.
4503 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b8 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
4509 If enabled the header cache will be compressed. So only one fifth of the usual
4510 diskspace is used, but the uncompression can result in a slower open of the
4513 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b9 _
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bp
4519 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions provided
4520 by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
4522 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is bound to a
4523 sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help line may not be
4524 updated if a binding is changed while Mutt-ng is running. Since this variable
4525 is primarily aimed at new users, neither of these should present a major prob-
4528 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b0 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
4534 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will skip the host name part of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
4535 6.3.88 , page 85)'' variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This
4536 variable does not affect the generation of Message-ID: header fields, and it
4538 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 85
4540 will not lead to the cut-off of first-level domains.
4542 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b1 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4548 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4549 limiting, in the thread tree.
4551 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b2 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4557 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages in the thread
4560 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b3 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4566 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the subject of messages in the thread tree that
4567 have the same subject as their parent or closest previously displayed sibling.
4569 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b4 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4575 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4576 limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\b-
4577 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.82 , page 84) is set, this option will have no effect.
4579 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b5 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4585 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages at the top of
4586 threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.81 ,
4587 page 83) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this option will have no effect.
4589 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b6 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
4595 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 86
4597 This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of the string
4598 history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the variable is changed.
4600 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b7 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4606 This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To: header field is hon-
4607 ored when group-replying to a message.
4609 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b8 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4615 Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail addresses and
4616 during generation of Message-Id: headers.
4618 Please be sure to really know what you are doing when changing this variable to
4619 configure a custom domain part of Message-IDs.
4621 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4627 Affects the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function when replying to messages from
4628 mailing lists. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, if the ``Reply-To:'' header field is set to the same
4629 value as the ``To:'' header field, Mutt-ng assumes that the ``Reply-To:''
4630 header field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the list, and
4631 will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing list when this
4632 option is set, use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function; _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by will reply to both the
4633 sender and the list.
4635 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
4643 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
4644 use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
4645 tication methods are either ``login'' or the right side of an IMAP ``AUTH=''
4646 capability string, e.g. ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''. This param-
4647 eter is case-insensitive.
4649 If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default) Mutt-ng will try all available meth-
4650 ods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.
4652 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 87
4654 Example: set imap_authenticators='gssapi:cram-md5:login'
4656 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previ-
4657 ous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication fails,
4658 Mutt-ng will not connect to the IMAP server.
4660 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
4668 This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as folder
4669 separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in using the '='
4670 shortcut for your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 , page 79) variable.
4672 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl
4678 Availability: IMAP and SSL or IMAP and GNUTLS
4680 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always use SSL when connecting to IMAP
4683 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4691 Mutt-ng requests these header fields in addition to the default headers (``DATE
4692 FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-
4693 REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL'') from IMAP servers before displaying the
4694 ``index'' menu. You may want to add more headers for spam detection.
4696 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This is a space separated list.
4698 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be
4706 You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in the IMAP
4707 browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable to the IMAP path
4709 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 88
4713 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4721 This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that Mutt-ng will
4722 wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the server from closing
4723 them before Mutt-ng has finished with them.
4725 The default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30 min-
4726 utes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the RFC does get
4727 violated every now and then.
4729 Reduce this number if you find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP
4730 server due to inactivity.
4732 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
4740 This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for only sub-
4741 scribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the IMAP browser with
4742 the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd function.
4744 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
4752 Your login name on the IMAP server.
4754 This variable defaults to the value of ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.104 , page
4757 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4763 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
4764 mail in IMAP folders. This is split from the ``_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.114 ,
4766 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 89
4768 page 93)'' variable to generate less traffic and get more accurate information
4771 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
4779 Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt
4780 you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
4782 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
4783 machine, because the superuser can read your configuration even if you are the
4784 only one who can read the file.
4786 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4794 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not open new IMAP connections to check for new mail.
4795 Mutt-ng will only check for new mail over existing IMAP connections. This is
4796 useful if you don't want to be prompted to user/password pairs on Mutt-ng invo-
4797 cation, or if opening the connection is slow.
4799 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\be_
\be_
\bk
4807 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever you
4808 fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing, but can make
4809 closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option exists to appease speed
4812 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4820 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to IMAP server when the
4823 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 90
4825 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bo_
\bi_
\bs_
\be
4833 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display warning messages from the IMAP server as error
4834 messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or generated due to configu-
4835 ration problems on the server which are out of the users' hands, you may wish
4836 to suppress them at some point.
4838 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
4846 The name of the user whose mail you intend to access on the IMAP server.
4848 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
4850 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
4856 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for a mailcap entry with the ``copiousoutput'' flag
4857 set for _
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an internal viewer defined for.
4858 If such an entry is found, Mutt-ng will use the viewer defined in that entry to
4859 convert the body part to text form.
4861 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be
4867 Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to is
4868 included in your reply.
4870 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt
4876 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng includes only the first attachment of the mes-
4877 sage you are replying.
4879 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 91
4881 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4887 Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a message to
4888 which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to change this value,
4889 as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
4891 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4895 Default: '%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
4897 This variable allows you to customize the message index display to your per-
4900 ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C'' function
4901 printf(3) to format output (see the man page for more detail). The following
4902 sequences are defined in Mutt-ng:
4905 address of the author
4908 reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
4911 filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
4914 the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
4918 number of characters (bytes) in the message
4921 current message number
4924 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4925 mat'' converted to sender's time zone
4928 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4929 mat'' converted to the local time zone
4932 current message number in thread
4934 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 92
4937 number of messages in current thread
4940 entire From: line (address + real name)
4943 author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
4946 spam attribute(s) of this message
4949 newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
4952 message-id of the current message
4955 number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh, and
4956 possibly IMAP folders)
4959 If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
4960 defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays 'To
4961 <list-name>', otherwise the same as %F.
4964 total number of message in the mailbox
4967 number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
4973 author's real name (or address if missing)
4976 (_O_riginal save folder) Where Mutt-ng would formerly have stashed
4977 the message: list name or recipient name if no list
4980 subject of the message
4983 status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
4986 `to:' field (recipients)
4989 the appropriate character from the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.317 ,
4991 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 93
4996 user (login) name of the author
4999 first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from
5003 name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
5006 `x-label:' field, if present
5009 `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread tree,
5010 (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different from pre-
5011 ceding message's `x-label'.
5014 message status flags
5017 the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
5018 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
5019 a leading bang disables locales
5022 the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
5023 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
5024 a leading bang disables locales
5027 the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt'' is
5028 expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang dis-
5032 the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
5033 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
5036 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
5039 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
5041 See also: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.317 , page 142)''.
5043 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
5047 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 94
5051 How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
5053 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5059 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your spool mail-
5060 box to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.123 , page 95)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5061 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5063 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
5069 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, address replies to the mailing list the original message came from
5070 (instead to the author only). Setting this option to ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs'' or ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo''
5071 will ask if you really intended to reply to the author only.
5073 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be
5079 The locale used by strftime(3) to format dates. Legal values are the strings
5080 your system accepts for the locale variable LC_TIME.
5082 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
5088 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
5091 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This does not apply to IMAP mailboxes, see _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
5094 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh
5100 This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to display MIME
5101 bodies not directly supported by Mutt-ng.
5103 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 95
5105 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be
5111 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos to a
5112 well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting, but we are not
5113 sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.
5115 D
\bDO
\bON
\bN'
\b'T
\bT C
\bCH
\bHA
\bAN
\bNG
\bGE
\bE T
\bTH
\bHI
\bIS
\bS S
\bSE
\bET
\bTT
\bTI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG U
\bUN
\bNL
\bLE
\bES
\bSS
\bS Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE R
\bRE
\bEA
\bAL
\bLL
\bLY
\bY S
\bSU
\bUR
\bRE
\bE W
\bWH
\bHA
\bAT
\bT Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE D
\bDO
\bOI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG!
\b!
5117 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
5123 Availability: Header Cache
5125 Check for Maildir unaware programs other than Mutt-ng having modified maildir
5126 files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one stat(2) per message
5127 every time the folder is opened.
5129 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
5135 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir (T)rashed
5136 flag instead of physically deleted.
5138 N
\bNO
\bOT
\bTE
\bE:
\b: this only applies to maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no
5139 effect on other mailbox types.
5141 It is similiar to the trash option.
5143 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\b__
\bo_
\bl_
\bd
5149 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng marks _
\bn_
\be_
\bw u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd messages as _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd if you exit a
5150 mailbox without reading them.
5152 With this option _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the next time you start Mutt-ng, the messages will show
5153 up with an 'O' next to them in the ``index'' menu, indicating that they are
5156 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs
5160 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 96
5164 Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a ``+''
5165 marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see the
5166 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp (section 6.3.262 , page 128)'' variable.
5168 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
5170 Type: regular expression
5174 A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by the _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt
5175 operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will be shown. The
5176 match is always case-sensitive.
5178 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\bg_
\bt_
\bh
5184 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the maximum line length for displaying ``format = flowed'' messages
5185 is limited to this length. A value of 0 (which is also the default) means that
5186 the maximum line length is determined by the terminal width and _
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
5187 (section 6.3.332 , page 145).
5189 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
5195 This specifies the folder into which read mail in your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
5196 6.3.294 , page 135)'' folder will be appended.
5198 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
5204 The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of mbox,
5205 MMDF, MH and Maildir.
5207 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5213 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when
5214 scrolling through menus. (Similar to ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.166 , page
5217 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 97
5219 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bf_
\bf
5225 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom entry of menus will never scroll up past the bottom of
5226 the screen, unless there are less entries than lines. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom
5227 entry may move off the bottom.
5229 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl
5235 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt to move
5236 across a screen boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the screen is cleared and the next or pre-
5237 vious page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow links to avoid many
5240 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5246 This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for attachments of type
5247 message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the
5248 section on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90)''.
5250 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
5256 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, forces Mutt-ng to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8) set as
5257 if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains after having the
5258 high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed has an ASCII value of 0xf4,
5259 then this is treated as if the user had pressed ESC then ``x''. This is
5260 because the result of removing the high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is
5261 the ASCII character ``x''.
5263 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\bo_
\bo
5269 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will remove your address (see the ``alternates'' command)
5270 from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
5272 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 98
5274 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\br_
\bg_
\be
5280 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages to
5281 _
\b,_
\b<_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting them. If the vari-
5282 able is set, the message files will simply be deleted.
5284 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5290 The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
5292 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
5298 The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
5300 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn
5306 The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
5308 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd
5314 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a separate MIME
5315 part instead of included in the main body of the message.
5317 This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver can properly view
5318 the message as it was delivered to you. If you like to switch between MIME and
5319 not MIME from mail to mail, set this variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
5321 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
5322 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.136 , page 97)''.
5324 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b6 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5328 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 99
5332 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
5333 a message while ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.135 , page 97)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. Other-
5334 wise ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81)'' is used instead.
5336 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bt
5342 When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the recvattach
5343 menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable manner will be
5344 attached to the newly composed message if this option is set.
5346 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5350 Default: '%4n %c %-16s %a'
5352 Availability: Mixmaster
5354 This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster chain
5355 selection screen. The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
5358 The running number on the menu.
5361 Remailer capabilities.
5364 The remailer's short name.
5367 The remailer's e-mail address.
5369 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
5373 Default: 'mixmaster'
5375 Availability: Mixmaster
5377 This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your system. It is
5378 used with various sets of parameters to gather the list of known remailers, and
5379 to finally send a message through the mixmaster chain.
5381 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be
5385 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 100
5389 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will move read messages from your spool mailbox
5390 to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.123 , page 95)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5391 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5393 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bi_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5397 Default: '%Y%m%d%h%M%s.G%P%p'
5399 This is the format for the ``local part'' of the Message-Id: header field gen-
5400 erated by Mutt-ng. If this variable is empty, no Message-Id: headers will be
5401 generated. The '%' character marks that certain data will be added to the
5402 string, similar to printf(3). The following characters are allowed:
5405 the current day of month
5417 the current UNIX timestamp (octal)
5423 the current Message-ID prefix (a character rotating with every Mes-
5424 sage-ID being generated)
5427 a random integer value (decimal)
5430 a random integer value (hexadecimal)
5436 the current UNIX timestamp (decimal)
5439 the current UNIX timestamp (hexadecimal)
5441 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 101
5444 the current year (Y2K compliant)
5449 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Please only change this setting if you know what you are doing. Also
5450 make sure to consult RFC2822 to produce technically _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bd strings.
5452 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bn_
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\be_
\be
5458 This variable, when _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing deeper
5459 threads to fit on the screen.
5461 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5469 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the Followup-To: header field before edit-
5470 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
5472 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5480 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the X-Comment-To: header field before edit-
5481 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
5483 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br
5487 Default: '~/.muttng'
5491 This variable points to directory where Mutt-ng will cache news article head-
5492 ers. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, headers will not be saved at all and will be reloaded each time
5493 when you enter a newsgroup.
5495 As for the header caching in connection with IMAP and/or Maildir, this drasti-
5496 cally increases speed and lowers traffic.
5498 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 102
5500 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bu_
\bp
5508 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mark all articles in a newsgroup as read
5509 when you leaving it.
5511 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5519 This variable controls how many news articles to cache per newsgroup (if
5520 caching is enabled, see _
\b$_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br (section , page )) and how many news
5521 articles to show in the ``index'' menu.
5523 If there're more articles than defined with _
\b$_
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.147 ,
5524 page 101), all older ones will be removed/not shown in the index.
5526 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
5534 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the keyword 'poster' is present in the Followup-To:
5535 header field, a follow-up to the newsgroup is not permitted. The message will
5536 be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
5538 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5542 Default: '%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d'
5546 This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to your
5547 personal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 ,
5548 page 90)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5550 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 103
5552 %C current newsgroup number
5553 %d description of newsgroup (retrieved from server)
5555 %M ``-'' if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
5556 %N ``N'' if newsgroup is new, ``u'' if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
5557 %n number of new articles in newsgroup
5558 %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
5559 %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
5560 %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
5562 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
5570 This variable specifies the name (or address) of the NNTP server to be used.
5572 It defaults to the value specified via the environment variable $NNTPSERVER or
5573 contained in the file /etc/nntpserver.
5575 You can also specify a username and an alternative port for each newsserver,
5578 [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
5580 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Using a password as shown and stored in a configuration file presents a
5581 security risk since the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the
5584 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
5592 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news posted by
5593 Mutt-ng. Otherwise, Mutt-ng posts article using current connection. The fol-
5594 lowing printf(3)-style sequence is understood:
5598 Example: set inews='/usr/local/bin/inews -hS'
5600 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
5604 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 104
5610 This variable controls whether or not descriptions for newsgroups are to be
5611 loaded when subscribing to a newsgroup.
5613 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
5621 The time in seconds until any operations on a newsgroup except posting a new
5622 article will cause a recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt-ng will recheck on
5623 each operation in index (stepping, read article, etc.).
5625 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5633 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an 8-bit ``Subject:'' header field in a news article will not be
5634 encoded according to RFC2047.
5636 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Only change this setting if you know what you are doing.
5638 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc
5642 Default: '~/.newsrc'
5646 This file contains information about subscribed newsgroup and articles read so
5649 To ease the use of multiple news servers, the following printf(3)-style
5650 sequence is understood:
5654 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
5658 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 105
5664 Your password for NNTP account.
5666 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
5667 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
5669 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
5677 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, Mutt-ng will post articles to newsgroup that have not permis-
5678 sions to post (e.g. moderated).
5680 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if the newsserver does not support posting to that newsgroup or a group
5681 is totally read-only, that posting will not have any effect.
5683 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5691 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a newsserver when the
5692 was connection lost.
5694 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
5702 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into the ``newsrc''
5703 file and into the news cache.
5705 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
5713 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
5715 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 106
5717 browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also controls
5718 whether or not the number of new articles of subscribed newsgroups will be
5721 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
5729 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will be dis-
5730 played in the newsgroup browser.
5732 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
5740 Your login name on the NNTP server. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the server requires authen-
5741 tification, Mutt-ng will prompt you for your account name.
5743 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5751 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``X-Comment-To:'' header field (that contains full
5752 name of the original article author) to articles that you followup to.
5754 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bs_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm
5760 This specifies the operating system name for the User-Agent: header field. If
5761 this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will be set to the operating system name that uname(2)
5762 returns. If uname(2) fails, ``UNIX'' will be used.
5764 It may, for example, look as: ``mutt-ng 1.5.9i (Linux)''.
5766 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
5772 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 107
5774 This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view messages.
5775 ``builtin'' means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this variable should
5776 specify the pathname of the external pager you would like to use.
5778 Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional keystrokes are
5779 necessary because you can't call Mutt-ng functions directly from the pager, and
5780 screen resizes cause lines longer than the screen width to be badly formatted
5783 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5789 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when dis-
5790 playing the next or previous page in the internal pager. By default, Mutt-ng
5791 will display the line after the last one on the screen at the top of the next
5792 page (0 lines of context).
5794 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5798 Default: '-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s'
5800 This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status'' displayed
5801 before each message in either the internal or an external pager. The valid
5802 sequences are listed in the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90)'' sec-
5805 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs
5811 Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in the
5812 pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the folder, will
5813 be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index, giving the reader the
5814 context of a few messages before and after the message. This is useful, for
5815 example, to determine how many messages remain to be read in the current
5816 thread. One of the lines is reserved for the status bar from the index, so a
5817 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs of 6 will only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of
5818 0 results in no index being shown. If the number of messages in the current
5819 folder is less than _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs, then the index will only use as many
5822 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
5828 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 108
5830 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will n
\bno
\bot
\bt move to the next message when you are at
5831 the end of a message and invoke the _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b-_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function.
5833 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5839 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP messages
5840 whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would result in the
5841 contents of the message being operated on. For example, if the user displays a
5842 pgp-traditional message which has not been manually checked with the check-tra-
5843 ditional-pgp function, Mutt-ng will automatically check the message for tradi-
5846 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
5852 This option controls whether Mutt-ng generates old-style inline (traditional)
5853 PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain circumstances. This can be
5854 overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not required.
5856 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
5857 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
5858 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
5859 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.187 , page 111)''.
5861 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
5864 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt
5870 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when signing or
5871 encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess failed. (PGP only)
5873 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5879 This format is used to create a old-style ``clearsigned'' PGP message.
5881 Note that the use of this format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5883 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 109
5885 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5891 This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode application/pgp
5894 The PGP command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5897 Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
5898 string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
5901 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
5904 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
5905 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
5908 The value of _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.191 , page 112).
5911 One or more key IDs.
5913 For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions of PGP
5914 which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc files in the samples/
5915 subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the documenta-
5918 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5924 This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
5926 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5932 This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP only)
5934 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5940 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 110
5942 This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
5944 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5948 Default: '%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u'
5950 This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to your per-
5951 sonal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page
5952 90)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5976 trust/validity of the key-uid association
5979 date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
5983 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5989 This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring. (PGP
5992 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5996 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 111
6000 This command is invoked whenever Mutt-ng will need public key information. %r
6001 is the only printf(3)-like sequence used with this format. (PGP only)
6003 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\bo_
\bo_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
6005 Type: regular expression
6009 If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only considered
6010 verified if the output from _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.197 , page 113)
6011 contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command is 0
6012 even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
6014 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
6020 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
6021 the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this if you
6022 want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP only)
6024 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6030 This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's public key
6033 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6039 This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The output format
6040 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
6042 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
6045 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6051 This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The output format
6053 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 112
6055 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
6057 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
6060 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bs
6066 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs. (PGP
6069 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo
6075 This option controls whether Mutt-ng will prompt you for automatically sending
6076 a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails
6079 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
6082 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
6088 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to create an inline
6089 (traditional) message when replying to a message which is PGP encrypted/signed
6090 inline. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not
6091 required. This option does not automatically detect if the (replied-to) mes-
6092 sage is inline; instead it relies on Mutt-ng internals for previously
6093 checked/flagged messages.
6095 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
6096 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
6097 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
6098 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.187 , page 111)''.
6100 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
6103 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bs
6109 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 113
6111 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested multipart/signed
6112 and multipart/encrypted body parts.
6114 This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing lists, where
6115 the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily removed, while the inner
6116 multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP only)
6118 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6124 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection menu.
6125 This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or have been marked
6126 as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
6128 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs
6134 If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify which of
6135 your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the keyid form to
6136 specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
6138 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6144 This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a multi-
6145 part/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
6147 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
6153 Specifies how the entries in the ``pgp keys'' menu are sorted. The following
6157 sort alphabetically by user id
6160 sort alphabetically by key id
6163 sort by key creation date
6165 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 114
6168 sort by the trust of the key
6170 If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with ``reverse-''.
6173 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc
6179 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as quoted-
6180 printable. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead to problems with
6181 non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if you know what you are
6184 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
6190 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
6191 Default: 300. (PGP only)
6193 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
6199 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP only)
6201 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6207 This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
6209 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6215 This command is used to verify key information from the key selection menu.
6218 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6222 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 115
6226 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
6227 pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed head-
6228 ers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages first.
6230 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6236 The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged messages to
6237 an external Unix command.
6239 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6245 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command and the ``tag- prefix'' or
6246 ``tag-prefix-cond'' operators. If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when piping a list
6247 of tagged messages Mutt-ng will concatenate the messages and will pipe them as
6248 a single folder. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will pipe the messages one by one. In both
6249 cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order, and the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6250 (section 6.3.200 , page 113)'' separator is added after each message.
6252 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6260 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try all available methods. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only
6261 fall back to other authentication methods if the previous methods are unavail-
6262 able. If a method is available but authentication fails, Mutt-ng will not con-
6263 nect to the POP server.
6265 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
6273 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
6274 use to log in to an POP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
6275 tication methods are either ``user'', ``apop'' or any SASL mechanism, eg
6276 ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''.
6278 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 116
6280 This parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default)
6281 Mutt-ng will try all available methods, in order from most-secure to least-
6284 Example: set pop_authenticators='digest-md5:apop:user'
6286 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6294 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
6295 server when using the ``fetch-mail'' function. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will down-
6296 load messages but also leave them on the POP server.
6298 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
6306 The name of your POP server for the ``fetch-mail'' function. You can also
6307 specify an alternative port, username and password, i.e.:
6309 [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
6311 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6312 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6314 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt
6322 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to use the ``LAST'' POP command for
6323 retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using the ``fetch-
6326 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
6334 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 117
6336 This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for new mail.
6338 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
6346 Specifies the password for your POP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you
6347 for your password when you open POP mailbox.
6349 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6350 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6352 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6360 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a POP server when the
6363 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
6371 Your login name on the POP server.
6373 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
6375 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
6381 Similar to the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68)'' variable, Mutt-ng
6382 will append this string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied
6385 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
6391 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 118
6393 Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section
6394 6.3.213 , page 116)'' mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
6396 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd
6400 Default: '~/postponed'
6402 Mutt-ng allows you to indefinitely ``_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.212 , page 116)
6403 sending a message'' which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a mes-
6404 sage, Mutt-ng saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
6405 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.212 , page 116)'' variable.
6407 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6413 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, a shell command to be executed if Mutt-ng fails to establish a connec-
6414 tion to the server. This is useful for setting up secure connections, e.g. with
6415 ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero status, Mutt-ng gives up opening the
6418 preconnect='ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
6419 /dev/null > /dev/null'
6421 Mailbox ``foo'' on mailhost.net can now be reached as ``{localhost:1234}foo''.
6423 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the remote
6424 machine without having to enter a password.
6426 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt
6432 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng really prints messages. This is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo
6433 by default, because some people accidentally hit ``p'' often.
6435 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6441 This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
6443 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6447 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 119
6451 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6452 message is decoded before it is passed to the external command specified by
6453 _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.216 , page 117). If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no pro-
6454 cessing will be applied to the message when printing it. The latter setting
6455 may be useful if you are using some advanced printer filter which is able to
6456 properly format e-mail messages for printing.
6458 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6464 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6465 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.216 , page 117) is executed
6466 once for each message which is to be printed. If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6467 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.216 , page 117) is executed
6468 only once, and all the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the mes-
6471 Those who use the enscript(1) program's mail-printing mode will most likely
6472 want to set this option.
6474 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br
6480 If you use an _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.165 , page 105)'', setting this
6481 variable will cause Mutt-ng to prompt you for a command when the pager exits
6482 rather than returning to the index menu. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will return to the
6483 index menu when the external pager exits.
6485 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6491 This specifies the command that Mutt-ng will use to make external address
6492 queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be substituted with the
6493 query string the user types. See ``_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by (section 4.6 , page 42)'' for more
6496 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt
6502 This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit from Mutt-
6504 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 120
6506 ng. If it set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, they do quit, if it is set to _
\bn_
\bo, they have no effect,
6507 and if it is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you are prompted for confirmation when
6510 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6516 Controls whether or not empty lines will be quoted using ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (sec-
6517 tion 6.3.108 , page 89)''.
6519 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
6525 Controls how quoted lines will be quoted. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, one quote character will be
6526 added to the end of existing prefix. Otherwise, quoted lines will be prepended
6527 by ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.108 , page 89)''.
6529 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6531 Type: regular expression
6533 Default: '^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+'
6535 A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted sections of
6536 text in the body of a message.
6538 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: In order to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bdx
\bx patterns in the internal pager, you need to
6539 set this to a regular expression that matches _
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bl_
\by the quote characters at
6540 the beginning of quoted lines.
6542 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b5 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
6548 If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt-ng will display which message it is cur-
6549 rently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed after _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc mes-
6550 sages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt-ng will print a message when it
6551 reads message 25, and then again when it gets to message 50). This variable is
6552 meant to indicate progress when reading large mailboxes which may take some
6553 time. When set to 0, only a single message will appear before the reading the
6556 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.334 , page 146)'' variable.
6558 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b6 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6560 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 121
6566 If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
6568 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b7 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6574 This variable specifies what ``real'' or ``personal'' name should be used when
6577 By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd.
6579 _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b: This variable will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
6580 _
\b$_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.73 , page 81) variable.
6582 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b8 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6588 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng recalls postponed messages when composing a new
6589 message. Also see ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.213 , page 116)''.
6591 Setting this variable to _
\by_
\be_
\bs is not generally useful, and thus not recommended.
6593 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b9 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
6599 This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be appended.
6600 (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of your messages, but
6601 another way to do this is using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' com-
6602 mand to create a Bcc: header field with your email address in it.)
6604 The value of _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd _
\b(_
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b9 _
\b, _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\b1_
\b2_
\b0_
\b) is overridden by the
6605 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.67 , page 80)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
6606 6.3.240 , page 123)'' variables, and the ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page
6609 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b0 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6611 Type: regular expression
6613 Default: '^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*'
6615 A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading and
6617 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 122
6619 replying. The default value corresponds to the English ``Re:'' and the German
6622 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b1 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf
6628 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt-ng will assume
6629 that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather than to your-
6632 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b2 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
6638 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when replying to a message, Mutt-ng will use the address listed in the
6639 ``Reply-To:'' header field as the recipient of the reply. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
6640 use the address in the ``From:'' header field instead.
6642 This option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the ``Reply-To:''
6643 header field to the list address and you want to send a private message to the
6644 author of a message.
6646 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b3 _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bv_
\be
6652 When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next (possibly
6653 undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the current message is exe-
6656 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b4 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
6662 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng will display the ``personal''
6663 name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that matches the
6664 message's sender. For example, if you have the following alias:
6666 alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
6668 and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
6670 From: abd30425@somewhere.net
6672 It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
6674 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 123
6676 ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail address is
6677 not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
6679 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b5 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6685 It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine, move the
6686 messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages from there. If
6687 this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default From: line of the reply messages is built
6688 using the address where you received the messages you are replying to i
\bif
\bf that
6689 address matches your alternates. If the variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, or the address that
6690 would be used doesn't match your alternates, the From: line will use your
6691 address on the current machine.
6693 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b6 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6699 This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.235 ,
6700 page 121) feature. When it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use the address from incoming
6701 messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
6702 Mutt-ng will override any such real names with the setting of the _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6703 (section 6.3.227 , page 119) variable.
6705 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b7 _
\br_
\bf_
\bc_
\b2_
\b0_
\b4_
\b7_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs
6711 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME parame-
6712 ters. You want to set this variable when Mutt-ng suggests you to save attach-
6713 ments to files named like this:
6715 =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
6717 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt interactively, the change doesn't have the desired
6718 effect before you have changed folders.
6720 Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by the
6721 standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild.
6723 Also note that setting this parameter will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt have the effect that Mutt-ng
6724 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, Mutt-ng will unconditionally use the
6725 encoding specified in RFC 2231.
6727 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
6731 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 124
6735 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will take the sender's full address when choosing a default
6736 folder for saving a mail. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.240 , page 123)'' or
6737 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.67 , page 80)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt too, the selection of the
6738 fcc folder will be changed as well.
6740 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6746 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed when
6747 closed (the exception is ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.294 , page 135)'' which is
6748 never removed). If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes are never removed.
6750 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt-ng does not delete MH
6751 and Maildir directories.
6753 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6759 This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved. When set, a
6760 check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the recipient address exists
6761 (this is done by searching for a mailbox in the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 ,
6762 page 79)'' directory with the _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be part of the recipient address). If the
6763 mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved to that mailbox, otherwise
6764 the message is saved to the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.229 , page 120)'' mailbox.
6766 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.67 , page 80)'' variable.
6768 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be
6774 When this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be useful to
6775 selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\b-
6776 _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be (section 6.3.242 , page 123)'' variable and friends are used.
6778 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6784 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6785 this variable are automatically marked for deletion by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6786 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6788 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 125
6790 variable will never mark a message for deletion.
6792 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg
6798 Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this vari-
6799 able's value are automatically marked ``flagged''.
6801 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
6807 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6808 this variable are automatically marked as read by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6809 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6810 variable will never mark a message read.
6812 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6816 Default: 'us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8'
6818 A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt-ng will use the first
6819 character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If your ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6820 (section 6.3.24 , page 70)'' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not under-
6821 stand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an appropriate widely used
6822 standard character set (such as iso-8859-2, koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either
6823 instead of or after iso-8859-1.
6825 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
6829 Default: '/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi'
6831 Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt-ng.
6832 Mutt-ng expects that the specified program interprets additional arguments as
6833 recipient addresses.
6835 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt
6841 Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.246 ,
6842 page 124)'' process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
6845 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 126
6847 Mutt-ng interprets the value of this variable as follows:
6850 number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing
6853 wait forever for sendmail to finish
6856 always put sendmail in the background without waiting
6858 Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child process
6859 will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you will be informed
6860 as to where to find the output.
6862 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
6868 Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login shell
6869 from /etc/passwd is used.
6871 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by
6877 When the sidebar is displayed and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by (section
6878 6.3.253 , page 126) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the characters at which to
6879 split a folder name into ``hierarchy items.''
6881 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm
6887 This specifies the delimiter between the sidebar (if visible) and other
6890 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6896 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only folders with new mail will be shown in the sidebar.
6898 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
6902 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 127
6904 Default: '%c%?n?(%n)?%?f?[%f]?'
6906 This variable controls how message counts are printed when the sidebar is
6907 enabled. If this variable is _
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by _
\bi_
\bf), no numbers will be printed
6908 _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd mutt-ng won't frequently count mail (which may be a great speedup esp. with
6909 mbox-style mailboxes.)
6911 The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
6914 Total number of messages.
6917 Number of flagged messages.
6920 Number of new messages.
6922 The %f and %n expandos may optionally be printed non-zero.
6924 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by
6930 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the ``hierarchy'' of the sidebar entries will be shortened only if
6931 they cannot be printed in full length (because ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh (section
6932 6.3.255 , page 126)'' is set to a too low value). For example, if the news-
6933 group name ``de.alt.sysadmin.recovery'' doesn't fit on the screen, it'll get
6934 shortened ``d.a.s.recovery'' while ``de.alt.d0'' still would and thus will not
6937 At which characters this compression is done is controled via the _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b-
6938 _
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by (section 6.3.249 , page 125) variable.
6940 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bi_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6946 This specifies whether or not to show the sidebar (a list of folders specified
6947 with the ``mailboxes'' command).
6949 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh
6955 The width of the sidebar.
6957 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 128
6959 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bd_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bs
6965 If set, a line containing ``-- '' (dash, dash, space) will be inserted before
6966 your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.258 , page 127)''. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended
6967 that you not unset this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your
6968 name. The reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
6969 detect your signature.
6971 For example, Mutt-ng has the ability to highlight the signature in a different
6972 color in the builtin pager.
6974 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
6980 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded text. It
6981 is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you do not set this variable unless you really
6982 know what you are doing, and are prepared to take some heat from netiquette
6985 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be
6989 Default: '~/.signature'
6991 Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all outgoing
6992 messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is assumed that file-
6993 name is a shell command and input should be read from its stdout.
6995 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
7001 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this string will be inserted before the signature. This is useful for
7002 people that want to sign off every message they send with their name.
7004 If you want to insert your website's URL, additional contact information or
7005 witty quotes into your mails, better use a signature file instead of the sig-
7008 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7012 Default: '~f %s | ~s %s'
7014 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 129
7016 Specifies how Mutt-ng should expand a simple search into a real search pattern.
7017 A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~ operators. See
7018 ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36)'' for more information on search patterns.
7020 For example, if you simply type ``joe'' at a search or limit prompt, Mutt-ng
7021 will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable. For the
7022 default value it would be:
7026 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bl_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7032 Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain informational
7033 messages, while moving from folder to folder and after expunging messages from
7034 the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so a value of zero for
7035 this option suppresses the pause.
7037 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp
7043 Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the internal
7044 pager. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, lines are
7045 simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.120 ,
7046 page 94)'' variable.
7048 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7050 Type: regular expression
7052 Default: '(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])'
7054 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
7055 ``_
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.224 , page 119)'', most notably smileys in the
7058 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bb_
\be_
\bl
7064 This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a certifi-
7065 cate about to be added to the database or not. It is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt by default. (S/MIME
7068 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7070 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 130
7076 This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which contains
7077 trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
7079 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
7085 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage
7086 and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now, and keys and
7087 certificates are stored in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7088 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7089 address keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7090 location of the certificates. (S/MIME only)
7092 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7098 This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt application/x-
7099 pkcs7-mime attachments.
7101 The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences sim-
7105 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
7108 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
7109 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
7112 The key-pair specified with _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.269 ,
7116 One or more certificate IDs.
7119 The algorithm used for encryption.
7122 CA location: Depending on whether _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section
7123 6.3.265 , page 128) points to a directory or file, this expands to
7124 '-CApath _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.265 , page 128)' or
7125 '-CAfile _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.265 , page 128)'.
7127 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 131
7129 For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in the sam-
7130 ples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the docu-
7131 mentation. (S/MIME only)
7133 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7139 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (default) this tells Mutt-ng to use the default key for decryption. Oth-
7140 erwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, Mutt-ng will try to use the
7141 mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a key,
7142 if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
7144 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7150 This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to the keyid
7151 (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly (S/MIME only)
7153 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7159 This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME only)
7161 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh
7167 This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid choices are
7168 ``des'', ``des3'', ``rc2-40'', ``rc2-64'', ``\frc2-128''.
7170 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt ``_
\b3_
\bd_
\be_
\bs'' (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
7172 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7178 This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.
7181 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7183 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 132
7189 This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing X509 cer-
7190 tificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the certificate was
7191 issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
7193 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7199 This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
7200 signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the email's
7201 ``From:'' header field. (S/MIME only)
7203 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7209 This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keysng. (S/MIME only)
7211 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt
7217 The default behaviour of Mutt-ng is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
7218 operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
7220 However, this has no effect while replying, since Mutt-ng will automatically
7221 select the same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original message.
7223 (Note that this variable can be overridden by unsetting _
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (sec-
7224 tion 6.3.37 , page 73).) (S/MIME only)
7226 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7232 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage ad
7233 retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now, and stores
7234 keys and certificates in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7235 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7236 address keyid pair, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7237 location of the private keys. (S/MIME only)
7239 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 133
7241 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bp_
\bk_
\b7_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7247 This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures, in order
7248 to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
7250 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7256 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed,
7257 which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME only)
7259 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7265 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7266 pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail clients supporting the
7267 S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
7269 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7275 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
7278 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7284 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed.
7287 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7293 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7294 pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
7296 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 134
7298 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
7306 Defines the password to use with SMTP AUTH. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
7307 6.3.285 , page 133)'' is set, but this variable is not, you will be prompted
7308 for a password when sending.
7310 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
7311 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
7313 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
7321 Defines the username to use with SMTP AUTH. Setting this variable will cause
7322 Mutt-ng to attempt to use SMTP AUTH when sending.
7324 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
7332 Defines the SMTP host which will be used to deliver mail, as opposed to invok-
7333 ing the sendmail binary. Setting this variable overrides the value of ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
7334 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.246 , page 124)'', and any associated variables.
7336 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7344 Defines the port that the SMTP host is listening on for mail delivery. Must be
7345 specified as a number.
7347 Defaults to 25, the standard SMTP port, but RFC 2476-compliant SMTP servers
7348 will probably desire 587, the mail submission port.
7350 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7352 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 135
7358 Specifies how to sort messages in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. Valid values are:
7363 mailbox-order (unsorted)
7371 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7372 (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
7374 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
7380 Specifies how the entries in the ``alias'' menu are sorted. The following are
7383 address (sort alphabetically by email address)
7384 alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
7385 unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
7387 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7393 When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted in rela-
7394 tion to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees are sorted.
7395 This can be set to any value that ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.288 , page 133)'' can,
7396 except threads (in that case, Mutt-ng will just use date-sent). You can also
7397 specify the ``last-'' prefix in addition to ``reverse-'' prefix, but last- must
7398 come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages to be sorted against its
7399 siblings by which has the last descendant, using the rest of sort_aux as an
7402 For instance, set sort_aux=last-date-received would mean that if a new message
7403 is received in a thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or the
7405 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 136
7407 first, if you have set sort=reverse-threads.)
7409 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For reversed ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.288 , page 133)'' order _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7410 (section 6.3.290 , page 134) is reversed again (which is not the right thing
7411 to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration setting).
7413 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
7419 Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the entries are
7420 sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
7422 alpha (alphabetically)
7427 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7428 (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
7430 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be
7436 This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7437 (section 6.3.306 , page 140)'' _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. In that case, it changes the heuristic
7438 Mutt-ng uses to thread messages by subject. With _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.292 ,
7439 page 135) _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only attach a message as the child of another mes-
7440 sage by subject if the subject of the child message starts with a substring
7441 matching the setting of ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.230 , page 120)''. With
7442 _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.292 , page 135) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will attach the message
7443 whether or not this is the case, as long as the non-``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section
7444 6.3.230 , page 120)'' parts of both messages are identical.
7446 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
7452 ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.293 , page 135)'' controls what happens when
7453 multiple spam headers are matched: if _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive header will over-
7454 write any previous matches value for the spam label. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive
7455 match will append to the previous, using ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.293 ,
7456 page 135)'' as a separator.
7458 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 137
7460 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7466 If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt-ng cannot find it,
7467 you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt-ng will automatically
7468 set this variable to the value of the environment variable $MAIL if it is not
7471 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7477 This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates. Any server
7478 certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automati-
7481 Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
7483 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt
7491 The file containing a client certificate and its associated private key.
7493 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\b__
\bd_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bs
7499 Availability: GNUTLS
7501 This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits) for use in
7502 any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the default from the
7505 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\bt_
\bl_
\bs
7511 Availability: SSL or GNUTLS
7513 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default), Mutt-ng will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers
7515 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 138
7517 advertising the capability. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not attempt to use START-
7518 TLS regardless of the server's capabilities.
7520 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\bv_
\b3
7526 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7528 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL authentica-
7531 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bl_
\bs_
\bv_
\b1
7537 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7539 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL authentica-
7542 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7548 Controls the characters used by the ``%r'' indicator in ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
7549 tion 6.3.302 , page 137)''. The first character is used when the mailbox is
7550 unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed, and it needs
7551 to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is in read-only mode, or
7552 if the mailbox will not be written when exiting that mailbox (You can toggle
7553 whether to write changes to a mailbox with the toggle-write operation, bound by
7554 default to ``%''). The fourth is used to indicate that the current folder has
7555 been opened in attach-message mode (Certain operations like composing a new
7556 mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
7558 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
7562 Default: '-%r-Mutt-ng: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
7563 Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
7564 %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---'
7566 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. This
7567 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.109 , page 90)'', but has
7568 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
7570 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 139
7573 number of mailboxes with new mail *
7576 the short pathname of the current mailbox
7579 number of deleted messages *
7582 the full pathname of the current mailbox
7585 number of flagged messages *
7591 size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
7594 size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the cur-
7598 the number of messages in the mailbox *
7601 the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit)
7605 number of new messages in the mailbox *
7608 number of old unread messages *
7611 number of postponed messages *
7614 percentage of the way through the index
7617 modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator, according
7618 to _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.301 , page 137)
7621 current sorting mode (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.288 , page 133))
7624 current aux sorting method (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx (section 6.3.290 , page
7627 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 140
7630 number of tagged messages *
7633 number of unread messages *
7636 Mutt-ng version string
7639 currently active limit pattern, if any *
7642 right justify the rest of the string and pad with 'X'
7645 pad to the end of the line with 'X'
7647 * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
7649 Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string if their
7650 value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the number of flagged
7651 messages if such messages exist, since zero is not particularly meaningful. To
7652 optionally print a string based upon one of the above sequences, the following
7655 %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
7657 where _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is a character from the table above, and _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg is
7658 the string you would like printed if _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is nonzero. _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
7659 m
\bma
\bay
\by contain other sequences as well as normal text, but you may n
\bno
\bot
\bt nest
7662 Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of new mes-
7665 %?n?%n new messages.?
7667 Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a value is
7668 zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the following con-
7671 %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
7673 You can additionally force the result of any printf(3)-like sequence to be low-
7674 ercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore (_) sign. For
7675 example, if you want to display the local hostname in lowercase, you would use:
7679 If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, Mutt-ng will
7680 replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful with
7681 IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
7683 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 141
7685 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
7691 Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the first
7692 line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
7694 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\bo
7700 With mailto: style links, a body as well as arbitrary header information may be
7701 embedded. This may lead to (user) headers being overwriten without note if
7702 ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77)'' is unset.
7704 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng is strict and allows anything to be changed.
7705 If it's _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, all headers given will be prefixed with ``X-Mailto-'' and the
7706 message including headers will be shown in the editor regardless of what
7707 ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77)'' is set to.
7709 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7715 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, non MIME-compliant messages that doesn't have any charset indica-
7716 tion in the ``Content-Type:'' header field can be displayed (non MIME-compliant
7717 messages are often generated by old mailers or buggy mailers like MS Outlook
7718 Express). See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.11 , page 67).
7720 This option also replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word and *text to
7721 a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded ``Subject:'' header field
7722 from being devided into multiple lines.
7724 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7730 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To:'' and ``Refer-
7731 ences:'' header fields when you ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.288 , page 133)'' by mes-
7732 sage threads. By default, messages with the same subject are grouped together
7733 in ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a personal
7734 mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with the subject ``hi''
7735 which will get grouped together.
7737 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs
7739 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 142
7745 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will remove the trailing part of the ``Subject:'' line which
7746 matches _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx (section 6.3.308 , page 141) when replying. This is
7747 useful to properly react on subject changes and reduce ``subject noise.'' (esp.
7750 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx
7752 Type: regular expression
7754 Default: '\([Ww][Aa][RrSs]: .*\)[ ]*$'
7756 When non-empty and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.307 , page 140) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng
7757 will remove this trailing part of the ``Subject'' line when replying if it
7758 won't be empty afterwards.
7760 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bt_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
7766 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, attachments with flowed format will have their quoting ``stuffed'',
7767 i.e. a space will be inserted between the quote characters and the actual text.
7769 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
7775 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng won't stop when the user presses the terminal's _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp key,
7776 usually CTRL+Z. This is useful if you run Mutt-ng inside an xterm using a com-
7777 mand like ``xterm -e muttng.''
7779 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\be_
\bd
7785 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments. This
7786 format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and generally just looks
7787 like ordinary text. To actually make use of this format's features, you'll
7788 need support in your editor.
7790 Note that _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.108 , page 89) is ignored when this
7793 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bt_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bg_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7795 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 143
7801 Affects the ~b and ~h search operations described in section ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (sec-
7802 tion 4.2 , page 36)'' above. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the headers and attachments of messages
7803 to be searched are decoded before searching. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages are searched
7804 as they appear in the folder.
7806 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\bd
7812 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng uses the date received rather than the date sent to thread
7813 messages by subject.
7815 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be
7821 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the screen
7824 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7830 This variable controls the _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs Mutt-ng will wait for a key to be
7831 pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for new mail. A value
7832 of zero or less will cause Mutt-ng to never time out.
7834 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp_
\bd_
\bi_
\br
7840 This variable allows you to specify where Mutt-ng will place its temporary
7841 files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this variable is not
7842 set, the environment variable $TMPDIR is used. If $TMPDIR is not set then
7845 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7851 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 144
7853 Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The first char-
7854 acter is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your address (default:
7855 space). The second is used when you are the only recipient of the message
7856 (default: +). The third is when your address appears in the ``To:'' header
7857 field, but you are not the only recipient of the message (default: T). The
7858 fourth character is used when your address is specified in the ``Cc:'' header
7859 field, but you are not the only recipient. The fifth character is used to
7860 indicate mail that was sent by _
\by_
\bo_
\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate
7861 when a mail was sent to a mailing-list you're subscribe to (default: L).
7863 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
7869 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the mails
7870 marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably purged.
7872 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really deleted, so
7873 that there is no way to recover mail.
7875 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bt_
\bu_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bl
7881 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to open a pipe to a command instead of
7882 a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up preauthenticated connec-
7883 tions to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
7885 tunnel='ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd'
7887 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote machine
7888 without having to enter a password.
7890 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bu_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
7896 This sets the umask that will be used by Mutt-ng when creating all kinds of
7897 files. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default value is 077.
7899 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bj_
\bu_
\bm_
\bp
7905 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will jump to the next unread message, if any, when the cur-
7906 rent thread is _
\bu_
\bncollapsed.
7908 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 145
7910 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7916 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg:
\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of sendmail
7917 which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x) or you may not be
7920 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will invoke ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.246 , page 124)'' with
7921 the -B8BITMIME flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
7923 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bo_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn
7929 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will qualify all local addresses (ones without the @host por-
7930 tion) with the value of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.88 , page 85)''. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
7931 no addresses will be qualified.
7933 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
7939 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate the ``From:'' header field when sending mes-
7940 sages. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no ``From:'' header field will be generated unless the user
7941 explicitly sets one using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' command.
7943 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bn
7951 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will show you international domain names decoded.
7953 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: You can use IDNs for addresses even if this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This variable only
7956 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bp_
\bv_
\b6
7962 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to contact.
7963 If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses.
7965 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 146
7967 Normally, the default should work.
7969 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
7975 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``User-Agent:'' header to outgoing messages, indi-
7976 cating which version of Mutt-ng was used for composing them.
7978 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl
7984 Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _
\b~_
\bv command is given in the
7987 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7993 Controls whether Mutt-ng will ask you to press a key after _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\b- _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-
7994 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by commands.
7996 It is also used when viewing attachments with ``_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page
7997 60)'', provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a needsterminal flag,
7998 and the external program is interactive.
8000 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always ask for a key. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will wait for
8001 a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.
8003 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
8009 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed headers when displaying, forwarding, printing, or
8010 replying to messages.
8012 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
8018 Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
8020 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
8022 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 147
8024 searches will not wrap.
8026 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
8032 Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the terminal
8033 when Mutt-ng's pager does smart wrapping.
8035 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
8041 Controls whether Mutt-ng writes out the Bcc header when preparing messages to
8042 be sent. Exim users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this.
8044 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
8050 When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc messages to
8051 indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message will be displayed before
8054 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.225 , page 119)'' variable.
8056 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn
8060 Default: 'M%?n?AIL&ail?'
8062 Controls the format of the X11 icon title, as long as _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (sec-
8063 tion 6.3.337 , page 146) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is identical in formatting to the
8064 one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.302 , page 137)''.
8066 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b6 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bv_
\be
8072 If _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3.337 , page 146) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this string will be
8073 used to set the title when leaving mutt-ng. For terminal-based programs,
8074 there's no easy and portable way to read the current title so mutt-ng cannot
8075 read it upon startup and restore it when exiting.
8077 Based on the xterm FAQ, the following might work: set xterm_leave = '`test
8079 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 148
8081 x_
\bD_
\bI_
\bS_
\bP_
\bL_
\bA_
\bY (section , page ) != x && xprop -id _
\bW_
\bI_
\bN_
\bD_
\bO_
\bW_
\bI_
\bD (section , page ) | grep
8082 WM_NAME | cut -d ''' -f 2`'
8084 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8090 Controls whether Mutt-ng sets the xterm title bar and icon name (as long as
8091 you're in an appropriate terminal). The default must be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt to force in the
8094 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be
8098 Default: 'Mutt-ng with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n New]?'
8100 Controls the format of the title bar of the xterm provided that
8101 _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3.337 , page 146) has been _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is
8102 identical in formatting to the one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.302 ,
8105 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
8107 The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping in which
8108 they are available. The default key setting is given, and an explanation of
8109 what the function does. The key bindings of these functions can be changed
8110 with the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) command.
8112 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc
8114 The _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions (such as
8115 movement) available in all menus except for _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br and _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br. Changing set-
8116 tings for this menu will affect the default bindings for all menus (except as
8119 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 149
8121 bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
8122 current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
8123 current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
8124 current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
8125 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8126 exit q exit this menu
8127 first-entry = move to the first entry
8128 half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
8129 half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
8131 jump number jump to an index number
8132 last-entry * move to the last entry
8133 middle-page M move to the middle of the page
8134 next-entry j move to the next entry
8135 next-line > scroll down one line
8136 next-page z move to the next page
8137 previous-entry k move to the previous entry
8138 previous-line < scroll up one line
8139 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8140 refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
8141 search / search for a regular expression
8142 search-next n search for next match
8143 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8144 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8145 select-entry RET select the current entry
8146 shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
8147 tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
8148 tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
8149 tag-prefix-cond not bound apply next function ONLY to tagged messages
8150 top-page H move to the top of the page
8151 what-key not bound display the keycode for a key press
8153 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
8155 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 150
8157 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8158 change-folder c open a different folder
8159 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8160 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8161 clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
8162 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8163 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8164 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8165 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8166 delete-message d delete the current entry
8167 delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
8168 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8169 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8170 display-address @ display full address of sender
8171 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8172 display-message RET display a message
8173 edit e edit the current message
8174 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8175 exit x exit without saving changes
8176 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8177 fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
8178 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8179 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8180 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8181 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8182 limit l show only messages matching a pattern
8183 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8184 mail m compose a new mail message
8185 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8186 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8187 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8188 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8189 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8190 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8191 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8192 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8193 previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
8194 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8195 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8196 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8197 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8198 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8199 print-message p print the current entry
8200 query Q query external program for addresses
8201 quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
8202 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8203 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8204 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8205 reply r reply to a message
8206 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8207 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8208 set-flag w set a status flag on a message
8209 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8210 show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
8212 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 151
8214 sort-mailbox o sort messages
8215 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8216 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8217 tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
8218 tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
8219 toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8220 toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
8221 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8222 undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
8223 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8224 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8225 untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
8226 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8228 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
8230 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 152
8232 bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
8233 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8234 change-folder c open a different folder
8235 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8236 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8237 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8238 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8239 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8240 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8241 delete-message d delete the current entry
8242 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8243 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8244 display-address @ display full address of sender
8245 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8246 edit e edit the current message
8247 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8248 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8249 exit i return to the main-menu
8250 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8251 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8252 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8253 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8254 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8255 half-up not bound move up one-half page
8256 half-down not bound move down one-half page
8258 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8259 mail m compose a new mail message
8260 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8261 mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8262 next-line RET scroll down one line
8263 next-entry J move to the next entry
8264 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8265 next-page move to the next page
8266 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8267 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8268 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8269 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8270 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8271 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8272 previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
8273 previous-entry K move to the previous entry
8274 previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
8275 previous-page - move to the previous page
8276 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8277 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8278 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8279 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8280 print-message p print the current entry
8281 quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
8282 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8283 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8284 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8285 redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
8287 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 153
8289 reply r reply to a message
8290 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8291 search / search for a regular expression
8292 search-next n search for next match
8293 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8294 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8295 search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
8296 shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
8297 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8298 skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
8299 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8300 tag-message t tag a message
8301 toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
8302 top ^ jump to the top of the message
8303 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8304 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8305 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8306 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8308 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
8310 search / search for a regular expression
8311 search-next n search for next match
8312 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8314 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by
8316 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8317 mail m compose a new mail message
8318 query Q query external program for addresses
8319 query-append A append new query results to current results
8320 search / search for a regular expression
8321 search-next n search for next match
8322 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8323 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8325 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
8327 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 154
8329 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8330 collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
8331 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8332 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8333 edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
8334 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8335 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8336 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8337 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8338 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8339 print-entry p print the current entry
8340 reply r reply to a message
8341 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8342 save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
8343 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8344 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8345 view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
8346 view-text T view attachment as text
8348 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be
8350 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 155
8352 attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
8353 attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
8354 attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
8355 copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
8356 detach-file D delete the current entry
8357 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8358 edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
8359 edit-cc c edit the CC list
8360 edit-description d edit attachment description
8361 edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
8362 edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
8363 edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
8364 edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
8365 edit-headers E edit the message with headers
8366 edit e edit the message
8367 edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
8368 edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
8369 edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
8370 edit-to t edit the TO list
8371 edit-type ^T edit attachment type
8372 filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
8373 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8374 ispell i run ispell on the message
8375 new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
8376 pgp-menu p show PGP options
8377 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8378 postpone-message P save this message to send later
8379 print-entry l print the current entry
8380 rename-file R rename/move an attached file
8381 send-message y send the message
8382 toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
8383 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8384 write-fcc w write the message to a folder
8386 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
8388 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8389 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8391 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
8393 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 156
8395 change-dir c change directories
8396 check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
8397 enter-mask m enter a file mask
8398 search / search for a regular expression
8399 search-next n search for next match
8400 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8401 select-new N select a new file in this directory
8402 sort o sort messages
8403 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8404 toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
8405 view-file SPACE view file
8406 subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8407 unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8408 toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
8410 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
8412 view-name % view the key's user id
8413 verify-key c verify a PGP public key
8415 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
8417 backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
8418 backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
8419 backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
8420 bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
8421 buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
8422 capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
8423 complete TAB complete filename or alias
8424 complete-query ^T complete address with query
8425 delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
8426 downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
8427 eol ^E jump to the end of the line
8428 forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
8429 forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
8430 history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
8431 history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
8432 kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
8433 kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
8434 kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
8435 kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
8436 quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
8437 transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
8438 upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
8440 _
\b7_
\b. _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\by
8442 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 157
8444 _
\b7_
\b._
\b1 _
\bA_
\bc_
\bk_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bl_
\be_
\bd_
\bg_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8446 Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME parsing code
8447 back in the ELM-ME days.
8449 The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt-ng:
8451 Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
8453 Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
8455 Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
8457 John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
8459 David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
8461 Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
8463 Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
8465 Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
8467 David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
8469 Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
8471 Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
8473 Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
8475 Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
8477 Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8479 Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
8481 Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
8483 Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
8485 Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
8487 Bjrn Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
8489 Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
8491 David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
8493 Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
8495 Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
8497 Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8499 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 158
8501 Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
8503 Jimmy Mkel <jmy@flashback.net>,
8505 Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
8507 Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
8509 Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
8511 David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
8513 Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
8515 Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
8517 Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
8519 Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
8521 Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
8523 Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
8525 TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
8527 Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
8529 Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
8531 Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
8533 Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com> Andreas Krennmair <ak@synflood.at> Nico Golde
8534 <nico@ngolde.de> Rocco Rutte <pdmef@cs.tu-berlin.de>
8536 _
\b7_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt _
\bt_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bd_
\bo_
\bc_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
8538 This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-tools pack-
8541 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 159
8545 1. Introduction ............................................................ 1
8546 1.1 Mutt-ng Home Page ................................................. 1
8547 1.2 Mailing Lists ..................................................... 1
8548 1.3 Software Distribution Sites ....................................... 1
8549 1.4 IRC ............................................................... 2
8550 1.5 Weblog ............................................................ 2
8551 1.6 Copyright ......................................................... 2
8553 2. Getting Started ......................................................... 2
8554 2.1 Moving Around in Menus ............................................ 2
8555 2.2 Editing Input Fields .............................................. 3
8556 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager ................................ 3
8557 2.4 Sending Mail ...................................................... 9
8558 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail ..................................... 13
8559 2.6 Postponing Mail .................................................. 14
8560 2.7 Reading news via NNTP ............................................ 14
8562 3. Configuration .......................................................... 14
8563 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files ................................... 15
8564 3.2 Defining/Using aliases ........................................... 16
8565 3.3 Changing the default key bindings ................................ 17
8566 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets ............................. 19
8567 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox ............................. 19
8568 3.6 Keyboard macros .................................................. 20
8569 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes ............................ 21
8570 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers ...................... 23
8571 3.9 Alternative addresses ............................................ 23
8572 3.10 Mailing lists .................................................... 24
8573 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes ................................... 25
8574 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail ............................ 25
8575 3.13 User defined headers ............................................. 26
8576 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages .............. 26
8577 3.15 Specify default save filename .................................... 27
8578 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing ...................... 27
8579 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once ... 27
8580 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients .................... 27
8581 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message ...................... 28
8582 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient .................. 29
8583 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer ...................... 29
8584 3.22 Executing functions .............................................. 29
8585 3.23 Message Scoring .................................................. 29
8586 3.24 Spam detection ................................................... 29
8587 3.25 Setting variables ................................................ 31
8588 3.26 Reading initialization commands from another file ................ 32
8589 3.27 Configuring features conditionally ............................... 32
8590 3.28 Removing hooks ................................................... 33
8592 4. Advanced Usage ......................................................... 33
8593 4.1 Regular Expressions .............................................. 33
8597 4.2 Patterns ......................................................... 37
8598 4.3 Using Tags ....................................................... 41
8599 4.4 Using Hooks ...................................................... 41
8600 4.5 Using the sidebar ................................................ 43
8601 4.6 External Address Queries ......................................... 43
8602 4.7 Mailbox Formats .................................................. 44
8603 4.8 Mailbox Shortcuts ................................................ 45
8604 4.9 Handling Mailing Lists ........................................... 45
8605 4.10 Editing threads .................................................. 47
8606 4.11 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support ....................... 47
8607 4.12 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
8608 4.13 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 48
8609 4.14 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL) ................... 50
8610 4.15 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL) ........................... 50
8611 4.16 Compressed folders Support (OPTIONAL) ............................ 50
8613 5. Mutt-ng's MIME Support ................................................. 53
8614 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt ............................................... 53
8615 5.2 MIME Type configuration with mime.types .......................... 55
8616 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with mailcap ........................... 55
8617 5.4 MIME Autoview .................................................... 61
8618 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative ....................................... 62
8619 5.6 MIME Lookup ...................................................... 62
8621 6. Reference .............................................................. 62
8622 6.1 Command line options ............................................. 62
8623 6.2 Configuration Commands ........................................... 63
8624 6.3 Configuration variables .......................................... 65
8625 6.4 Functions ....................................................... 148
8627 7. Miscellany ............................................................ 156
8628 7.1 Acknowledgments ................................................. 157
8629 7.2 About this document ............................................. 158